Half Size Me: Recent Episodes
Heather A. Robertson
A weekly weight loss podcast. Half Size Me helps you achieve weight loss and maintenance in a sustainable way… that works best for you!
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
m saving $800/month using these methods, the workshop pays for itself almost immediately.This is a DOING workshop, not just a learning workshop. I want you saving money by the end of week one.📚 Join the HSM Academy for ongoing support, coaching, and community:→ https://halfsizeme.com/join🎙️ Love the podcast? Get exclusive premium content on Supercast:→ https://halfsizeme.com/fan
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
s about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 713 of The Half Size Me™ Show, we share a flashback episode with you: Episode 101 with Valerie!In this episode Heather and Valerie discuss:-- how Valerie improved her diet-- how Valerie is preparing for her triathlon-- what strategies Valerie used to lower her sugar intake-- and more!The full episode 101 is available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!If you try Podcast Premium today, you'll also get: Entire 700+ episode library Weekly episodes a day EARLY EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only coaching series “Ask Me Anything” questionsFor even more SUPPORT, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get everything you need to help you no matter where you are in your weight loss and wellness journey: halfsizeme.com/joinDo you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 712 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather works with Melissa, who has struggled for years with consistency, emotional eating, and tracking her food. They also chat about: -- why grief and life changes can trigger old food habits-- how Melissa was able to start tracking consistently-- how to plan for bites, licks, and tastes and emotional eating-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 710 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dr. Ted Naiman about how focusing on protein and nutrient density can help you finally escape the yo-yo dieting trap. They also talk about:-- the science behind protein leverage theory-- how the P:E Diet makes weight loss easier-- Dr. Naiman’s take on carbs, fats, and satiety-- a practical path to metabolic health and lasting results-- and more!Buy Satiety Per Calorie: Eating, solved. and check out Dr. Naiman's app, Hava.Get even more PODCASTS and helpful content HERE: HalfSizeMe.com/fanFor even more SUPPORT, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get everything you need to help you no matter where you are in your weight loss and wellness journey: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 709 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Terry about her journey from decades of binge eating to finally finding peace with food. They also chat about: how Terry went from bingeing almost daily to just a handful of times in weeks why eating three balanced meals + a planned treat changed everything how letting go of “all-or-nothing” thinking helped her gain consistency and more!Get even more PODCASTS and content HERE: HalfSizeMe.com/fanLearn more about upcoming workshops: HalfSizeMe.com/success Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 708 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares an interview with Erin from the recent "From Sabotage to Success" small-group workshop. In this conversation, Erin shares:-- how learning about the lower brain created massive change-- why doing something uncomfortable is often the key to success-- how the group helped her realize she’s not alone in her thoughts-- and more!Want to find out when the next From Sabotage to Success Workshop opens? GO HERE: https://halfsizeme.com/successSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 707 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares an interview with Laurie from the recent "From Sabotage to Success" small-group workshop. Laurie shares how she moved past feeling stuck in her weight loss journey by identifying and overcoming her subconscious thought patterns. They also chat about:-- how she learned to recognize and challenge her inner voice-- how hearing other people's stories can be a powerful catalyst for change-- what strategies can help you avoid resorting to extreme behaviors-- and more!Get access to hundreds of hours of inspirational and motivational content: https://halfisizeme.com/fanWant even MORE support and connection? https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 706 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares an interview with Lili from the recent "From Sabotage to Success" small-group workshop. Lili shares how she learned to observe her anxious thoughts and stop letting them control her life and her weight-loss journey. They also chat about:--how to cultivate a state of peace and calmness--why your mind's attempts to "help" or "protect" you can often create more drama and chaos--what it's like to finally live a life that isn't dictated by fear--and more!Ready to finally understand your mind and break free from self-sabotaging patterns?Join my upcoming 6-week From Sabotage to Success workshop, an immersive experience designed to help you gain life-changing insights and take control of the thoughts driving your actions. This isn't about meal plans; it's about shifting your internal patterns so change becomes natural and sustainable.Half Size Me Academy members get first access to register for this exclusive small-group program, which includes personalized guidance and a supportive community. If spots remain, registration will then open to the general public. Join the Academy now: halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 705 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares an interview with Charlene from the recent "From Sabotage to Success" small-group workshop. Charlene explains how she learned to separate herself from her inner "voice" and challenge the mental triggers that led to her yo-yo dieting. They also chat about: how to identify and break the habit loops why recognizing your lower brain's default settings can help you become less reactive in all areas of your life what it means to choose a new path and more!Ready to finally understand your mind and break free from self-sabotaging patterns?Join my upcoming 6-week From Sabotage to Success workshop, an immersive experience designed to help you gain life-changing insights and take control of the thoughts driving your actions. This isn't about meal plans; it's about shifting your internal patterns so change becomes natural and sustainable.Half Size Me Academy members get first access to register for this exclusive small-group program, which includes personalized guidance and a supportive community. If spots remain, registration will then open to the general public. Join the Academy now: halfsizeme.com/joinClick Here to Join the Half Size Me Academy Now! Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 704 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares an interview with Kristy, who was part of the "From Sabotage to Success" small-group workshop. Kristy shares how she learned to delve into her mindset to change her relationship with food and her life. They also chat about:-- how to recognize when a thought is just a thought-- what strategies can help you stop "future tripping" and spiraling into negative thought patterns-- why having a plan and taking a step back can help you avoid making poor food choices when stressed or emotional-- and more!Ready to finally understand your mind and break free from self-sabotaging patterns?Join my upcoming 6-week From Sabotage to Success workshop, an immersive experience designed to help you gain life-changing insights and take control of the thoughts driving your actions. This isn't about meal plans; it's about shifting your internal patterns so change becomes natural and sustainable.Half Size Me Academy members get first access to register for this exclusive small-group program, which includes personalized guidance and a supportive community. If spots remain, registration will then open to the general public. Join the Academy now: halfsizeme.com/joinDo you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 702 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Candy about navigating the "all or nothing" mentality and finding ways to stay on track with weight loss. They also chat about:-- how tracking can provide valuable data for making informed choices-- how to avoid the trap of impulse eating-- what strategies you can implement to avoid binges-- and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 700 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Gina discuss learning to rediscover yourself and the necessity of restructuring life after parenthood. They also chat about:--rebuilding habits, self-esteem, and self-worth over time--being okay with imperfection--overcoming all-or-nothing thinking and embracing sustainable weight loss--and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 698 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather chats with Amy, who’s learning to rebuild her routine after some major life changes. They also chat about:-- how she uses a daily food plan spreadsheet to regain structure-- how to build habits around school, work, and family life-- and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 696 of the Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Charlotte, who shares her story of emotional eating and navigating postpartum habits after a recent pregnancy. They also chat about:-- strategies Charlotte can use to reduce grazing and structure her meals-- why preparing foods she enjoys in advance can help her stay on track-- and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 694 of the Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lili about how her journey with weight loss has evolved through different stages of her life, including her recent experience with gastric bypass surgery and the mindset shifts she’s made along the way. They also chat about:-- how she’s working on her binge eating-- the impact of perfectionism and how it fuels anxiety around food tracking-- finding a framework to support consistency and progress-- and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 692 of the Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Diya about finding consistency in her weight maintenance journey after years of navigating binge eating and burnout. They also chat about:– using monthly calorie and weight averages to better understand her maintenance range– making food swaps and adding more volume to meals for better satisfaction– navigating ADHD and learning how to stay focused on long-term goals– and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 690 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan, who lost 100 pounds in 2018–2019 and shares how her journey has evolved into helping others navigate their own. They also chat about:-- why developing food freedom—not restriction—was crucial to Megan’s weight maintenance-- how coaching others helped her grow through her own struggles-- the importance of stepping back, regulating emotions, and trusting the long game-- and more!Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/joinSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 688 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks about what to do when you are not losing weight. She shares helpful information about: -- how to get out of a weight-loss plateau-- what to do if you feel stuck in your weight loss-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 686 of the Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with author and body recomposition expert Lyle McDonald about his new book, The GLP-1 Solution: A Complete Program to Maximize Your Weight and Fat Loss Results. They also chat about:-- why sufficient protein intake is critical during weight loss to preserve muscle-- how obesity impacts appetite regulation and fullness signals-- what we know—and don’t know—about long-term GLP-1 medication use-- and more!Click here to purchase The GLP-1 Solution: A Complete Program to Maximize Your Weight and Fat Loss Results by Lyle McDonald on Amazon.About Half Size MeWant even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/join Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 684 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Alison about navigating social situations while maintaining weight loss. They discuss strategies for staying in control at restaurants, dinners with friends, and managing alcohol and treats. They also chat about: -- The mental challenges of tracking food and deciding when (or if) to step back-- Planning ahead to make intentional food choices instead of reacting in the moment-- And more! Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/join Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
This episode available on YouTube here: https://youtu.be/Z9PuPPmKWxQIn episode 682 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather dives into the emotional side of using GLP-1 medications for weight loss and how to navigate the process realistically. She also talks about:-- the benefits of GLP-1 medication and habit change-- the emotional challenges of losing the connection to food in social and personal moments-- how social media often creates misleading expectations about these medications and what people really need to know-- and more! Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fanFor even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/join Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 680 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather shares the first episode in her series on weight-loss medications. She dives into GLP-1 medications and how to navigate weight loss while using them effectively. She breaks down common misconceptions and offers practical strategies for long-term success. She also talks about:--why there’s no easy way to lose weight—whether it’s surgery, medication, or dieting, mindset shifts are key--how to eat small, frequent meals and adjust your approach to food--how to prioritize protein to minimize muscle loss-- and more! Want even more support? Get my exclusive GLP-1 Journey e-book by becoming a Podcast Premium Member: halfsizeme.com/fan For even more guidance, join the Half Size Me Academy, where you'll get both my GLP-1 Journey e-book and full access to the HSM Academy GLP-1 Resource Hub for ongoing support: halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 678 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Heather about the challenges of weight loss and muscle retention after menopause. They also chat about:-- The importance of protein intake for muscle retention-- How small calorie adjustments can make a difference-- Using simple tracking tools to create a sustainable plan-- And more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 676 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Meghan about the common challenges parents face, like being around kids' snacks and treats all day and finding ways to set healthy boundaries with food. They also chat about -- strategies to enjoy baking and special food moments with kids while sticking to personal goals-- teaching kids responsibility by involving them in cleanup and portioning-- using a paper-and-pencil journal to track impulsive eating habits and improve consistency-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 674 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jennifer about navigating weight loss while balancing home life, work, and parenting. They also chat about: -- overcoming guilt and building self-compassion during challenging moments-- simplifying meal planning with freezer-friendly options and grocery lists-- finding her own "why" to guide her weight-loss journey, rather than relying on external pressures-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 672 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about breaking the cycle of gaining and losing weight while learning how to show up for herself and prioritize her needs.They also chat about:-- using a paper-and-pencil journal to build self-trust and consistency-- navigating holiday events when food options are uncertain-- letting go of perfectionism and embracing progress over “all-or-nothing” thinking-- and more! Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 670 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather kicks off her free coaching series with Jackie! Heather and Jackie discuss Jackie's goals, including building sustainable habits, shedding weight, and taking time to prioritize herself. They also chat about:-- how Jackie is using a paper-and-pencil journal to stop binge eating and track her progress-- creating boundaries and carving out time for herself-- making simple food swaps to fit within her calorie goals while enjoying her meals-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 668 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Bonnie discuss how she transformed her life slowly and steadily after years of weight struggles and insecurity. They also chat about:-- overcoming imposter syndrome and finding confidence in her journey-- creating sustainable habits for meals and fitness-- deciding whether to focus on losing the last 20 pounds or embracing maintenance-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 666 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Erin about her journey to slow and sustainable weight loss, focusing on the idea that taking it slow can often lead to better, more lasting results. They also chat about:--learning to stop reacting to setbacks and embracing consistency--finding freedom from scarcity around food by planning indulgences and defusing food-related drama in her head--creating boundaries with friends and herself to reduce overindulgence and align with her health goals--and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 664 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kate about maintaining her weight after years of working through binge eating and obsessive thoughts about her body. They also chat about:-- overcoming the binge-restrict cycle by practicing self-compassion and making small habit changes-- learning to recognize and manage lower-brain thoughts and urges around food-- finding support in community accountability to maintain progress and reset quickly after setbacks-- and more! Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 662 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks Donna about her journey from relying solely on physical activity to becoming more mindful of her eating habits, especially as she navigated menopause. They also chat about:-- how adjusting her diet and tracking food helped her regain control over her health after years of focusing mainly on exercise-- the importance of staying consistent with tracking and making small adjustments to find what works for her body-- the role of HRT in managing sleep issues, night sweats, and maintaining a healthy weight range during menopause-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 660 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about her journey from extreme dieting and intuitive eating to finding a more balanced and sustainable approach to her health. They also chat about:-- how Megan navigated through various dieting extremes to finally discover what worked for her-- her struggles with body image and overcoming the negative self-talk that held her back-- ways to set realistic goals and make incremental changes to build lasting habits-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 658 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Lori about her journey of maintaining a 55-pound weight loss for over five years and what she’s still learning. They also chat about:-- how Lori redefined her relationship with food and learned to enjoy treats while staying within her weight range-- the importance of separating facts from feelings when it comes to body image and weight maintenance-- how planning for holidays, events, and everyday meals became easier with time and practice-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 657 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marie about focusing on binge eating rather than weight loss, plus they chat about how to create a slight deficit how to make a plan for unexpected treats at work and more! Episode 657 is only available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers.As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: Access to the entire 600+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a podcast that will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 656 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rachel about overcoming emotional eating and her struggles with food scarcity. They also chat about:-- How to set herself up for success by planning and preparation-- Strategies for including enjoyable foods in a balanced way to prevent emotional eating-- Techniques for managing negative self-talk and focusing on long-term well-being-- And more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 650+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 655 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sherry about her long journey with weight management and finding a sustainable path forward. They also chat about: Sherry's experience of losing 70 pounds by eliminating sugar and using different programs. Her goals of losing 15-20 pounds more and transitioning into maintenance. Strategies for managing treat intake, using portion control, and preventing impulsive eating. Sherry’s episode is the last in a series of 4, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather! As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: Access to the entire 600+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a podcast that will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 654 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about her weight-loss journey, including strategies she's implementing to balance her health with her busy life. They also chat about:-- How she overcame food insecurity and emotional eating, leading to a 90-pound weight loss since 2018.-- How she focuses on prioritizing health while juggling the responsibilities of motherhood, work, and pursuing an MBA.-- How she uses time management and meal-planning tools to stay organized and make consistent progress.Sarah’s episode is the third in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 653 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Jackie about her lifelong struggles with weight and her determination to prioritize self-care as she approaches 50. They also chat about:-- The challenges of managing emotional stress, time, and self-esteem issues.-- Setting achievable goals to stop negative self-talk.-- Implementing a plan of action using tools like time management and journaling.-- And more!Jackie’s episode is the second in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!You can watch the VIDEO version of this episode HERE: https://youtu.be/KAR7crYdR_4Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a podcast that will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 652 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Robin about her life-long struggles with yo-yo dieting, plus they chat about-- prioritizing meal planning-- creating a paper & pencil journal-- finding sustainable habits-- and more!Robin’s episode is the first in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!You can watch the VIDEO version of this episode HERE: https://youtu.be/X_rl8AbgjfgSupport Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 650 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kristen about managing her negative thoughts about treats, plus they chat about-- how to stop judging yourself-- why you should give yourself permission to enjoy-- how to handle nighttime snacking-- and more! Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 648 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Sharon about changing her mindsets around money and weight loss, plus they chat about--dealing with food waste and not making a meal plan--getting locked in thought loops--and more! Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 646 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with maintainer Jami about the difficulties of breaking some ingrained habits and ways of thinking, plus they chat about-- making a plan to lose some of the weight has gained some weight back-- getting her nighttime eating under control-- and more!Jami was also featured in Half Size Me Episode 558!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In this bonus episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares BIG news with you about an upcoming free coaching opportunity!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: Access to the entire 600+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Support the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
In episode 644 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Shannon about how to focus on what she can do (rather than what she can’t), plus they chat about-- not allowing her past to weigh her down-- managing her mind to lose weight-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 642 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Kathy build a structure that works for her in retirement, plus they chat about-- time management-- meal planning-- habits-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 642 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Kathy build a structure that works for her in retirement, plus they chat about-- time management-- meal planning-- habits-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 640 of the Half Size Me Show™ , Heather talks with Maggie, who wants to lose weight but struggles with getting distracted. Plus they chat about-- the importance of planning your day-- managing lifting goals and food goals-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In episode 638 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kayley about starting the Half Size Me Weight Management Plan, plus they chat about-- how to start improving your habits and behaviors-- how to change your mindset-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of 5 years and has maintained since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
In this BONUS REPLAY of The Half Size Me™ Show episode 241, Heather talks with Laura about how she lost over 60 pounds by not dieting why she choose to focus on changing her habits and not just dieting how she learned consistency with her habits was key to not gaining weight and much more!Disclaimer: Any prices, discounts, or promotions for past or current Half Size Me products mentioned in this episode were for a limited time only after the episode’s original release and are no longer valid.Support the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Get more than 630 episodes available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers only.As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: A new episode EVERY WEEK Access to the entire 625+ episode archive Access to weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions To show your support for the Half Size Me Show!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me here Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 636 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Diane about her decades of dieting and then finding success in her 50s, plus they chat about--how she has maintained her weight loss for 9 years--how she tackled her binge eating--and more! Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 634 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather follows up with Lori (from episode 597), who needs some help managing exercise and calorie deficits, plus they talk about --setting up a paper and pencil journaling system--dealing with a scarcity vs. abundance mindset-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this BONUS REPLAY of The Half Size Me™ Show episode 377, Heather talks with Connie about-- how she gained weight as a newlywed-- how her mind and habits have evolved-- how to revamp her favorite foods to enjoy them more often-- and much more!Disclaimer: Any prices, discounts, or promotions for past or current Half Size Me products mentioned in this episode were for a limited time only after the episode’s original release and are no longer valid.Get more than 630 episodes available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers only.As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: A new episode EVERY WEEK Access to the entire 625+ episode archive Access to weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions To show your support for the Half Size Me Show!Support the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 632 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kate about her weight loss during a year of committing to a paper and pencil journal, plus they chat about-- why you need to tailor strategies to your own situation-- why you need to focus on what you can do in the moment-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 630 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lynn about her 20-pound weight loss and continued maintenance, plus they talk about-- how to lose weight when you are shorter-- why you need to live your best life-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this BONUS REPLAY of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Mary Ann about--why being vulnerable is the key to weight loss success--why her self talk had to change so she could learn to ask for help--why she had to find a new way of eating to lose over 200 pounds--and much more!Disclaimer: Any prices, discounts, or promotions for past or current Half Size Me products mentioned in this episode were for a limited time only after the episode’s original release and are no longer valid.Get more than 600 episodes available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers only.As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: A new episode EVERY WEEK Access to the entire 625+ episode archive Access to weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions To show your support for the Half Size Me Show!Support the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 628 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Erin about how losing weight slowly is the best approach to weight loss, plus they chat about-- how to find a balance at social gatherings-- how to become more self-aware-- why things change for the better as you become more comfortable with yourself--and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/hsm-academy/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 626 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Ashley use the paper & pencil journal in the best way possible, plus they chat about--why she needs to figure out a process that works for her--how she got her binge eating under control-- and more! Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 624 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Eliza talk about how to manage competing exercise and weight-loss goals, plus they chat about how sometimes exercise works against you how to work on her binge-eating behavior how to get into a calorie deficit and more!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a podcast that will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. On The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenges of any weight loss journey.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 622 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Candi talk about finding the right maintenance weight, plus they chat about: handling habits and weight loss during a divorce figuring out what habits are realistic and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this BONUS REPLAY of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather gets interviewed by fellow podcaster and former Half Size Me Community member, Julie Tussey.They discuss why Heather gained weight as a child, what special message she would go back and tell herself, how she has kept her weight off, what she has learned about maintenance after 6 years of maintaining her weight. and much more!The full episode 321 is only available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers.As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: Access to the entire 600+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsSupport the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 620 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ashley about her life-long struggles with weight gain, plus they chat about-- why giving herself permission to eat treats made all the difference-- how to maintain habits when your life is in chaos-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 618 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kate about her struggles with weekends, plus they chat about-- her calorie management during the weekend-- the importance of tracking-- her life in maintenance-- and more! JOIN the Half Size Me Academy here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this BONUS EPISODE of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares with you several tips to help you have a wonderful holiday season!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: Access to the entire 600+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsSupport the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 616 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about the importance of starting where you are, plus they chat about-- how the Half Size Me Community has supported her-- how to start reestablishing habits-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this replay of EPISODE 500 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares with you the 6 most important lessons she has learned in the past 15 years after losing 170 pounds and maintaining her weight loss.She shares all about why you don't have to lose weight why you need to take responsibility for all your actions (including being in a yo-yo diet cycle) how to stop creating diet drama how to ditch the scale and more! As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get: Access to the entire 600+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsSupport the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 614 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Grace Bell about the thought processes behind problematic eating behaviors, plus they discuss-- the teachings of Byron Katie and how they are helpful for people who are dealing with eating issues-- her own struggles with dieting, eating disorders, and weight loss-- and more!You can learn more about the work of Grace Bell from her website and her YouTube channel.About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questionsBecome a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this bonus episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares BIG news with you about upcoming changes!Introducing the Half Size Me Academy!As part of our ongoing commitment to your growth and well-being, we are changing from the Half Size Me Community to the Half Size Me Academy. This transformation reflects our evolving mission and vision to provide you with even more comprehensive resources, learning opportunities, and support as you continue your personal growth journey.When Is This Happening and How Do I Sign Up?The grand launch of the Half Size Me Academy is scheduled for January 1st, 2024. However, current Half Size Me Community members will start to get access before our official open date. Plus, current members will continue at their current monthly billing rate; there will be a price increase for everyone who joins beginning in January 2024. Click here to join the Half Size Me Community now and get ready for the Academy! About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 612 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Susan, who is maintaining an 80-pound weight loss after a lifelong journey of struggling with body and weight issues. They also chat about-- why understanding the psychology of eating is so important-- how she took pressure off herself-- what she’s focusing on in maintenance-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 610 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Payton work on her relationship with food, and they talk about-- the problem with categorizing foods as “good” or “bad”-- the cycle of sneaking and restricting and binge eating-- giving yourself permission to eat and put foods you want into your meal plan-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 608 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with author and podcaster Kathryn Hansen from Brain Over Binge. They talk all about binge eating and answer your pressing questions, including-- why you should address your binge eating behaviors-- how to manage binge eating and weight-loss goals-- when to start intentional weight loss-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 606 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Diana about how to start losing weight, plus they chat about-- her struggles with late-night eating-- finding maintenance calories-- and more!Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 600+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 604 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dr. Amy Johnson (host of the Changeable podcast) about how the mind works and how understanding your mind can be a game-changer for you. Plus, they chat about-- how your brain and your thought processes affect the goals you set-- how your mind spins stories (and what to do about it!)-- what things to watch out for-- and more!Dr. Amy Johnson is psychologist, podcast host, and best-selling author. You can learn more about her work on her website.Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:--Access to the entire 580+ episode archive--Access weekly episodes a day EARLY--Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series--Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 602 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle, who, after losing the same weight over and over again, approached her final time with a completely different mindset. We talk about how she has reframed her own thinking, plus
-- managing lower calories needs -- strategies for the weekend -- making maintenance work for her life -- and more!
Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!
As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:
--Access to the entire 580+ episode archive --Access weekly episodes a day EARLY --Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series --Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions
Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 600 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Safiya about how she lost the weight for good by changing her mindset and figuring out a plan that works for her, plus
-- her struggle with yo-yo dieting and losing and gaining the same 20-30 pounds -- what she’s focusing on in maintenance -- and more!
Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads!
As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will get:
--Access to the entire 580+ episode archive --Access weekly episodes a day EARLY --Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series --Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions
Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Support Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! https://halfsizeme.com/fan
In episode 599 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about about her struggles with staying on track on the weekends, plus -- finding balance -- diversifying calories to support your lifestyle -- and more!
IMPORTANT: Episode 599 is only available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers. As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get:
Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
--Access to the entire 580+ episode archive --Access weekly episodes a day EARLY --Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series --Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions
JOIN the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!
As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!
Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
In episode 598 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Donna about how she lost over 100 pounds, plus they work on
how to figure out maintenance calories how to prevent negative eating behaviors from coming back and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 597 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lori about how she lost 75 pounds but struggles to find peace in maintenance, plus they discuss
finding the right maintenance range advocating for herself and more!
Episode 597 is only available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers. As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get:
Access to the entire 580+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions
Support the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!
As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!
Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now! In episode 596 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lindsay about how she lost 10 pounds and changed her relationship with food by tracking her lower brain activity, plus they discuss
some strategies for stress maintaining over the summer and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 595 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jen about how to be consistent and stop the cycle of constantly starting and stopping weight-loss plans, plus they discuss
weight loss through perimenopause staying on track during weekends and more!
Episode 595 is only available to Half Size Me Podcast Premium subscribers. As a subscriber to Half Size Me Podcast Premium, you will also get:
Access to the entire 580+ episode archive Access weekly episodes a day EARLY Access to EXCLUSIVE, subscriber-only episodes including the Coaching Karolina and Coaching Sarah series Access to subscriber-only audio responses to “Ask Me Anything” questions
Support the Half Size Me Show’s mission and help us stay free of third-party ads! Become a podcast premium subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! Click Here to Join Podcast Premium Now!
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!
As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!
Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
In episode 594 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Brittany about staying on track during the summertime and weekends at the beach, plus they chat about
how her mindset has shifted while losing weight how to keep to her calorie goals while away from home and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!
As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!
Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
In episode 593 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jennifer, a mom of 3, about how to establish some good routines and habits to help her move forward with her weight loss, plus they discuss
dealing with bed rest during her pregnancies establishing minimums for tracking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!
As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!
Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!
In episode 592 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Carla about the struggle of turning knowledge into action, plus they discuss
strategies for snacking how to structure her mornings and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 591 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Theresa about the negative impact of restrictive thoughts and behaviors, plus ideas for making paper and pencil journaling work best for you ways to get out of a negative spiral and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 590 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Julie about why she is struggling in maintenance, plus they chat about why she gained weight after moving to the United States why she is having a hard time transitioning out of her deficit calories how to factor in exercise calories and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 589 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about how she lost over 100 pounds and has kept it off since 2020, plus how her mindset shifted how habits and behaviors have changed how she talks to herself and her lower brain and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 588 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Brenna about how to prioritize taking care of herself, plus they chat about setting boundaries managing her time overcoming binge eating and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 587 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about ways to reduce her overeating and secret eating, plus they chat about her 100-pound weight loss her life and habits changes while maintaining her feelings of guilt around eating and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 586 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Tannis about her history of yo-yo dieting and how to end it, plus they discuss her experience surviving breast cancer strategies to deal with grazing the problems of restrictive eating behaviors and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In this BONUS episode, you'll get a sneak peak of the Podcast Premium exclusive third coaching call with Sarah where she and Heather talk about and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 585 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sabrina about ways to counteract self-sabotage, plus how to be more consistent with exercise how to use a food journal how to plan for eating out and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 584 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about feeling out of control with food while at home on maternity leave, plus how to set up her environment why she’s struggling to keep weight off how to start tracking and setting boundaries and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this BONUS episode, you'll get a sneak peak of the Podcast Premium exclusive third coaching call with Sarah! Sarah makes some big breakthroughs about the importance of consistency and sticking with her habits even when she’s made a mistake. Plus, Heather and Sarah discuss adding treats into Sarah’s day how to make weekends less stressful managing the unpredictability of having house guests and more!Sarah's coaching episodes are being released to Half Size Me's podcast premium subscribers. Follow along her journey, plus get access to exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!About Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 583 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jenna about how to find balance with her habits while trying to get pregnant, plus what habits to start with why paying attention to protein in important how to factor in breaks and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 582 of The Half Size Me™ Show, we catch up with Karolina! She chats with Heather about her progress over the past few months and answers listener questions, including: how her fitness journey is going how her mindset has evolved in the past year what changes she’s made regarding food choices and more!If you want to listen to Karolina's previous episodes, go to episodes 547, 548, and 569. The rest of the coaching Karolina series is available to podcast premium subscribers: sign up at halfsizeme.com/fanDo you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 581 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Sarah have their second coaching call. They talk about her past experience of weight-loss surgery and how to focus on sustainability going forward, plus how to improve her weekends by planning based on her activities how to structure snacks so she is more aware of what she is eating why being honest with yourself is so important and more!To listen to Sarah’s pre-coaching call, go back to episode 567! Sarah's first coaching call was released last week: episode 580. The rest of her coaching series will only be available to podcast premium subscribers (go to halfsizeme.com/fan to sign up).Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 580 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather starts her new coaching series with Sarah! She and Sarah set goals for the next three months of their coaching sessions, including making a food plan she can stick to finding sustainable habits to help combat her high cholesterol feeling more comfortable in her clothes and more!To listen to Sarah’s initial call, go back to episode 567! Sarah’s second coaching call will be released next week, and then the rest of her coaching series will only be available to podcast premium subscribers (go to halfsizeme.com/fan to sign up).Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 579 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Andrea about the best ways to start weight loss again now that her youngest child is a toddler, plus they discuss strategies for impulsive eating the importance of protein plans for incorporating treats and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 578 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Erica about how to change her restriction mindset, plus they discuss how to make best use of a paper and pencil food journal how to manage her lower brain and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 577 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Pam about how she can work on impulsive eating, plus they chat about her experience on low-calorie diets creating a calorie deficit that will take longer but not be as severe and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 576 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Barb about how to craft a food plan that allows for both treats and nutritious food, plus they talk about how to stop binge eating why paper journals are useful tools how to make vegetables more appealing and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! In episode 575 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amy about the difficulties of losing weight while being a single parent, plus managing perimenopause becoming a consistent tracker fitting in treats and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 574 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Jane make a plan to handle some of her weight regain over the past few years, plus they talk about Jane’s weight loss surgery dealing with binge eating her favorite resources and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 573 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Martha about maintaining her weight loss the past 3 years, plus they discuss the benefits of going to therapy her mindset changes in maintenance breaking out of the cycle of self-sabotage and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 572 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Sandy navigate her perfectionist tendencies around weight loss and habits, plus they talk about the benefits of pre-tracking the impact of menopause on weight maintenance her struggles in maintenance and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey! In episode 571 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kendra about why she has started to gain weight after losing last year, plus how she can create positive habit change why paper tracking is useful how to set boundaries around food and alcohol and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 570 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jamie about the pitfalls of not planning, especially for Friday nights and the weekend, plus the struggles of parenting and trying to lose weight how to fit eating out into your plan ways to tackle afternoon tiredness and more!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questionsIn episode 569 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Karolina joins Heather and podcast premium subscribers for a live webinar. Heather and Karolina reflect on her coaching journey, and Karolina answers questions from podcast premium subscribers. Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questionsIn episode 568 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Shauna about strategies to tackle impulsive eating, plus why you should only introduce habits you’re willing to do for the rest of your life how using paper and pencil to track can help how to use delayed gratification and more!Shauna’s episode is the final in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!I can’t wait to release new coaching episodes exclusively to Podcast Premium subscribers next year–they’ll have a voice in who my next coaching series will feature!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 567 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about how introducing some limited choices can help keep her on track, plus how her relationship with food has changed her experience with weight-loss surgery how to manage busy weeks and unstructured weekends and more!Sarah's episode is the fourth in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you’ll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!I can’t wait to release new coaching episodes exclusively to Podcast Premium subscribers next year–they’ll have a voice in who my next coaching series will feature!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 566 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marilyn, who has struggled with her weight her whole life and is pre-diabetic, about how to start again after losing 30 pounds and then stalling, plus they talk about what habits were working for her what her tracking data reveals how to fit in daily treats and more!Marilyn's episode is the third in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you'll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!I can't wait to release new coaching episodes exclusively to Podcast Premium subscribers next year--they'll have a voice in who my next coaching series will feature!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 565 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Pam about her efforts to stop her emotional eating and resulting weight gain, plus they chat about why she cut out sugar for a year how to manage with low maintenance calorie levels why making a food plan can help and more!Pam's episode is the second in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Help share the maintenance mindset by supporting the Half Size Me Podcast!As a podcast premium subscriber, you'll get TONS of access to benefits like early releases, bonus podcasts, audio-recorded Ask Me Anything episodes where I answer your questions, a HUGE library of past shows no longer available to the general public, and more!I can't wait to release new coaching episodes exclusively to Podcast Premium subscribers next year--they'll have a voice in who my next coaching series will feature!Get all of the Coaching Karolina series plus exclusive Ask Me Anything sessions, podcasts no longer available to the general public, and bonus episodes. Become a premium podcast subscriber today and make Heather and the Half Size Me show a part of your weight loss journey!In episode 564 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lisa about her attempts to get back into the habits of tracking and exercise, plus how holidays can throw you off why she might have a binge eating problem how to stop yo-yo dieting and more!Lisa's episode is the first in a series of 5, each featuring a potential candidate for the next free coaching series with Heather. After all the episodes have aired, podcast premium subscribers will get to vote for their top picks, and one person will continue coaching with Heather!Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/joinAbout Half Size MeThe Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 563 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Liane about her struggles to get back on track after losing 50 pounds, plus
the best ways to pre-track planning in daily treats why “starting tomorrow” never works and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 562 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about her struggles with losing weight, plus
her tracking data (over 300 days!) and how she can tweak things to start losing weight managing life with kids her problems with mealtimes and portions and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 561 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Disha about her weight regain and the importance of finding what works for her, plus
the power (both good and bad) of group thinking and pressure what her tracking data showed as she was gaining weight why she’s going to scale back her exercise in favor of walking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 561 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Disha about her weight regain and the importance of finding what works for her, plus
the power (both good and bad) of group thinking and pressure what her tracking data showed as she was gaining weight why she’s going to scale back her exercise in favor of walking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 560 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Robyn about how break the cycle of losing and gaining same 50 pounds, plus
how she lost over 200 pounds with habit change and weight-loss surgery why she is self-sabotaging what strategies will help with binge eating and journaling and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 559 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ashley about how to battle self-doubt, plus
her hormonal issues after gaining weight her work with a nutritionist tackling her bucket list (running a 5K!) and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 558 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jami about why she needs to allow herself to fail, plus
why limiting her choices worked best for her the importance of protein what she’s struggling with in maintenance and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 557 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Tracy about how she lost weight for the third (and final!) time and how she’s doing in maintenance, plus
why going as slow as possible worked best for her why she struggles with being content with her weight what habits are helping her the most and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 557 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Tracy about how she lost weight for the third (and final!) time and how she’s doing in maintenance, plus
why going as slow as possible worked best for her why she struggles with being content with her weight what habits are helping her the most and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 556 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kristina about how she stopped binge eating, plus
her plan to lose over 100 pounds the importance of pre-planning meals how to manage eating out frequently and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 556 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kristina about how she stopped binge eating, plus
her plan to lose over 100 pounds the importance of pre-planning meals how to manage eating out frequently and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 555 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Helen about how to tackle impulsive eating (especially in the evenings), plus
why she isn’t being consistent with her weight-loss efforts how to track in a way that works for her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 555 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Helen about how to tackle impulsive eating (especially in the evenings), plus
why she isn’t being consistent with her weight-loss efforts how to track in a way that works for her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to get:
Access to the entire 500+ episode archive (no longer on other platforms) Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 554 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Patty talk about why sometimes you need to stop taking in information and just start doing, plus
her lifetime of weight issues the disconnect with how she sees herself and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 553 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jasmine about how to maintain her weight after moving to a new country, plus
how to stay on top of habits how to manage eating out more what tools helped her lost weight and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 552 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Judy talk about how she lost over 100 pounds, plus they discuss
why focusing just on exercise didn’t work what to do when weight start creeping up and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the entire 550+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 551 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Ann talk about how she reached maintenance in her seventies and what she’s doing to stay there, plus they discuss
Ann’s struggles with body dysmorphia her fear of gaining the weight back long-term habit change and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 550 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Hannah about her struggles to stick with her plan, plus
what to do as bad habits creep back in how working with a dietician can help why increasing calories is sometimes the best option and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 549 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kim about how to get out of the yo-yo diet cycle, plus
strategies for when the kids are home for the summer the pitfalls of black-and-white thinking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 548 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Karolina have their second coaching call together. In this episode, Heather and Karolina talk about Karolina’s fears around weight gain and judgment, plus
strategies to become more comfortable eating out tackling binge eating and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 547 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather starts a multi-episode coaching call with Karolina. In this episode, Heather and Karolina talk about Karolina’s journey and history with weight loss and gain, including
her major weight loss and subsequent 70-pound regain her struggles with binge eating and bulimia her changes in habits and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 546 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather chats with Melissa about her life in maintenance, plus they talk about
how to start losing again after maintaining for 3 years how to start refining her habits how important mindset is for maintenance and weight loss and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support Half Size Me and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 545 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather chats with Jane about how to start building consistency in her habits, plus they talk about
how to preplan the day how to start tracking how to make dinnertime less problematic and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 544 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather chats with Allysen about gaining and losing weight in her 30s, plus they talk about
factoring exercise into your caloric needs making a maintenance break as effective as possible abstaining from certain trigger foods and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 543 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather chats with Kavitha about stress and weight gain, plus they talk about
the challenges of meal planning with a large, blended family how to deal with late-afternoon food cravings and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 542 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather chats with Heather about her struggles maintaining a 100-pound weight loss, plus they discuss
how to deal with obsessive food thoughts how to plan for snacks how to manage exercise and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 541 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Melissa figure out a plan to lose weight without feeling like she's giving up her freedom, plus they chat about
alternate tracking methods getting back into habits post-pregnancy a whole food, plant-based lifestyle and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 540 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Cindy make a plan to get herself out of the yo-yo diet cycle, plus they chat about
her experience with her weight-loss surgery, recovery, and maintenance what to do about falling back into old habits like binge eating how to stop grazing (especially off her kid’s plate) and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 539 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kelly about how to get control of her binge eating, plus they chat about
her struggles with several dietary restrictions, including dairy and gluten allergies how she can work with her lower brain when she fixates on what she can’t have how to set up tracking minimums and more!
Do you want to get support, connection, and resources for only $5? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join $5 for your first month only. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 538 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Anne about her 90-pound weight loss and how she has maintained it for almost a decade, plus they chat about
why honesty was an important part of her journey how she managed social situations why asking for help made all the difference and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 537 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Heather about how to handle big life changes, like starting a new job or getting married, plus they chat about
the effects of the pandemic on weight gain and maintenance why having real minimums is so important and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 536 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Charlotte make a plan to get back to the habits that helped her lose 75 pounds, plus they talk about
changing habits like grazing and binge eating her work at a weight-loss clinic the most effective ways to track your food and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 535 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Robert make a food plan for his upcoming family vacation, plus they talk about
his 90-pound weight loss the importance of maintenance breaks and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 534 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Julie with a plan to lose the last 15 pounds, plus they talk about
her restrictive eating in the past struggles with eating out how to to plan in maintenance and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 533 of the Half Size Me Show, Heather talks with Ann about how she can make better food choices as a vegetarian, plus
why consistency is so important how she can learn to manage emotional eating why eating out is a struggle and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 532 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Keya about how she had to learn to love herself and find comfort in her body before she could lose weight, plus
how she’s working through early her childhood trauma and history of food insecurity to create a better relationship with food how she became more aware of her emotions and how she has used food to cope how she’s lost over 70 pounds so far and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 531 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Abigail about how to stop weight gain, plus
how to change your narrative what to do when your habits are in place but your weight isn’t changing how the podcasts have helped her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 530 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rose about how she lost 50 pounds without tracking (and while still eating potato chips), plus
how she got over her fear of the scale how she made her own plan how she is getting used to living the way she plans to maintain and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 529 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about why creating an eating plan that is too restrictive can actually backfire, plus
how to tackle her binge eating problem how to incorporate exercise into her habits how to deal with impulsivity and a scarcity mindset and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 528 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Stephanie about how “cleaning up” her diet ultimately backfired, plus
her struggles with food during vacations her 6 steps for success her plan to include the food she loves going forward and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 527 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Deborah about taking control of her life and weight now that she’s retired, plus
how she’s parenting her lower brain how she’s setting her calorie ranges what she's going to do during her maintenance breaks and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they’re released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to “Ask Me Anything” questions
In episode 526 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Brooks about why creating an eating plan that is too restrictive can actually backfire, plus
her plan to eat things that she loves why she slowly regained weight over time and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 525 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Judith about her weight gain during the COVID-19 pandemic, plus
how to work on weight loss while being away from home the emotional aspects of holidays and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 524 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Laura about refocusing on her goals after being at home so much these past two years, plus
how to tackle grazing the mental and emotional benefits of exercise making a meal plan and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Music titled "Children Fun Cool Kids Happy Acoustic Playful Music" for HSM Premium clip by REDproductions from Pixabay. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 523 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Tina about about how she can set up her home environment for success, plus how she can
keep supporting her daughter’s recovery from anorexia make meals that work for everyone manage her snacking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Music titled "Children Fun Cool Kids Happy Acoustic Playful Music" for HSM Premium clip by REDproductions from Pixabay. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 522 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jean about how she has maintained her 90-pound weight loss for 10 years, plus
the habit changes that help her maintain her weight loss her switch from Weight Watchers to counting calories the importance of self care and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 521 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jennifer about her 45-pound weight loss, plus
how maintenance is going why she’s struggling with strength training vs. losing weight
how she can track more consistently
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 520 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kendall about how she lost 75 pounds and started strength training, plus they discuss
a plan to meet her future strength-training goals her problems with overeating at night how she can increase her protein and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 519 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Patty about how she’s beating the yo-yo diet cycle and has lost over 50 pounds, plus
why working with a coach helped her why she’s still struggling with treats how she’s going to set her meal plan to include the foods that she enjoys (including wine and chocolate) and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 518 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amy about her 50-pound weight loss and her plan to lose more, plus
why she has struggled with her weight how intentionally maintaining can help how she approaches tracking and calories and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 517 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Shelly about how to maintain her weight loss during the darker and cooler days of fall and winter (and the holiday season), plus
how to approach weight fluctuations how to change your eating as your activity level changes how to make maintenance habits part of your routine and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 516 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kristen about her Covid-19 weight gain and general apathy toward self-care, plus they have a great discussion about
why you need to focus on the present rather than dwell in the past why tracking calories is a good place to start why showing yourself compassion and kindness is so important and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 515 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sherie about why losing weight slowly is so important, plus
managing life and weight loss while homeschooling gaining weight during menopause approaching tracking in a sustainable way and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a HSM PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer available on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 514 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Holly about how she has maintained her weight for the past year and why she is ready lose now, plus
how she got her binge eating under control why delayed gratification has been critical to her maintenance how she has worked intermittent fasting successfully into her lifestyle and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Promo music: "Christmas Village" (non-copyrighted) courtesy of HowToStuffs on Youtube. Go here to find original track: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N91_IHbofhs (This music was used based on it's listing as non-copyrighted.) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
In episode 513 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Callie about why having a routine is so helpful while losing weight with a maintenance mindset, plus
her life-long struggles with weight, including diets as a kid her experience with having gastric sleeve surgery 4 years ago her plan for meal prep and tracking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Promo music: "Christmas Village" (non-copyrighted) courtesy of HowToStuffs on Youtube. Go here to find original track: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N91_IHbofhs (This music was used based on it's listing as non-copyrighted.) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber and get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
CLICK HERE to get it today!
In episode 512 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about how she is reversing 20 years of dieting and gaining by focusing on maintenance first, plus
how she meal plans and keeps eating the foods she loves how she's going to tackle her pre-diabetes diagnosis what boundaries she has established to help her toward her goals (while still enjoying life) and more!
Do you want to get SUPPORT and CONNECTION at a price you can afford? Then CLICK HERE and check out the Half Size Me Community! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 511 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Liz about the changes she made so she wouldn't feel like she was constantly missing out on her own life, plus
her experience in the yo-yo diet cycle her emotional, mental and physical struggles as a mom with 3 young kids her journey (with the help of her husband) to lose 110 pounds in a little over 2 years the basic habits she always goes back to and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 510 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about her struggles to be consistent with her habits, plus
how she lost weight slowly rather than "dieted" how she's going to focus more on fruits and vegetables how she's going to tackle her sugary-drink habit and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 509 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lisa about how she has managed to lose over 50 pounds (SLOWLY!), plus
her plan to tackle overeating in the evenings how she’s going to prepare and track for special meals the importance of meal planning for her lifestyle and more!
Check out Half Size Me Podcast Premium HERE! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 508 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Donna about how she reached maintenance once she decided to focus on her health and fitness, plus
how staying away from the scale helped her succeed how she reached her goals despite having a sedentary job how she incorporates treats and mindfulness into her day and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 507 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Darlene about how she went from constantly losing and regaining the same few pounds to losing 70 pounds, plus
how things are going in her maintenance break what her plan is to lose the next 20 pounds how her history with anorexia and competitive sports has affected her journey and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this BONUS EPISODE of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to you about the new Half Size Me Podcast Premium! You'll learn what it is and how you can get
Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 506 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Gerri about how she had to get past being a perfectionist to lose over 50 pounds, plus
how the "Half Size Me mentality" helped her lose weight why focusing on the non-scale victories makes life better how to manage self-made expectations and disappointments and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 505 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Holly about how she can lose weight by changing her habits, plus
why focusing on portion control can be helpful how to take a step back from being too obsessive with food and calorie counting why it's okay to eat cookies and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 504 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about how habits help you stay on track even as your body changes, plus
what to expect from the hormonal changes that can result from changing your birth control prescription why protein and fiber are so important how to incorporate strength training and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 503 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kristi about the switch from dieting to maintenance, plus
why sometimes the lowest weight you can reach isn't the most sustainable one how to stay binge-free what has to change when it feels like you've been dieting your whole life and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 502 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Stephanie about how maintenance gave her the chance to find peace with the scale and to improve her relationship with food, plus
how she lost and regained weight 3 different times why she had resigned herself to always being overweight how she lost over 100 pounds by focusing on small steps rather than the big goal and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 501 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amy about how to define success in weight loss, plus
how to deal with persistent hunger cues how to make "diet" programs work for individual situations how to work in exercise she actually likes how to find her maintenance calories and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In EPISODE 500(!) of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to you about the 6 most important lessons she has learned in the past 15 years of losing 170 pounds and maintaining that weight loss. She shares all about
why you don't have to lose weight why you need to take responsibility for all your actions (including being in a yo-yo diet cycle) how to stop creating diet drama how to ditch the scale and more!
To celebrate our 500th episode, we're offering you a limited-time opportunity to join the Half Size Me Community for $5! Join anytime from now until 9:00 PM EST on September 13 and use the promo code PODCAST500 to take advantage of this great deal: https://halfsizeme.onfastspring.com/half-size-me-premium-monthly-membership-1995-2020 Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 499 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kirsten about how you need to change your calorie targets over time to get to your goal, plus
how she lost over 20 pounds last year how she is planning and recording her food why protein is so important (and how to include it) and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 498 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amanda about how to break free from 3 years of yo-yo dieting, plus
her experience with weight-loss surgery her struggles with disordered eating the importance of therapy and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 497 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chelsee about what to focus on after losing 50 pounds, plus
her struggles after reaching maintenance how to have a more consistent eating plan (rather than restricting on weekdays and bingeing on weekends) the impact of strength training on her calories and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 496 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marny about her struggle over the past year to lose the last 5-8 pounds, plus
how she has already lost 20 pounds how she can stop binge eating 1-2 nights a week why she needs to tackle her emotional eating and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 495 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Brandy about our primitive brains and how they don't really care about our "whys" for weight loss, plus
how to get out of the cycle of mindlessly eating after the kids are in bed how to plan for today and for binge-eating episodes how to find non-food rewards and schedule in "me time" and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 494 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kihu about how to go from knowing what to do to actually taking action and being consistent with healthy habits, plus
how to keep the foods she loves, like rice and pasta, in her diet how to build sustainable habit change how to tackle a soda habit and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 493 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Caitlin about losing weight while being a parent of two young kids, plus
the realities of fertility treatment how an over-reliance on exercise can impede your goals the importance of meal planning (and eating out!) and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 492 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Tammy about dealing with weight gain over the past year and preparing for summer activities like camping. They make a plan for her to:
balance treats and her goals in social settings set her schedule and expectations work on eating consistently find camping-friendly meals and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 491 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Candis about how to incorporate movement and exercise while living with limitations and pain from an auto-immune disease. They discuss
ideas for strength training and using weights what low-impact exercises could work why it is so important to listen to her body and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 490 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Mary about why her weight loss has stalled at just over 200 pounds and
how to break through this plateau why switching from points to counting calories can help and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 489 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kim about why finding her maintenance calories is the best way to lose weight sustainably, plus they make a plan for Kim to
pre-track some of her meals approach the weekends differently re-evaluate after her maintenance break ends and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 488 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amy about how, after leaving an abusive relationship, gaining weight, losing weight, starting IVF, and gaining it again, she has lost almost 150 pounds, plus
why her weight worries started in childhood how she used food as a way to soothe herself how she took a more gentle approach this time (with maintenance breaks!) and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 487 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Cherrie make a plan for Cherrie to be more consistent with tracking and other habits, plus they discuss
weight-loss surgery how to incorporate daily treats why we are responsible for our bodies and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 486 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Meg about what she can do to get out of her weight-loss plateau, plus
how she has lost 40 pounds so far why taking a maintenance break is crucial for success how she can still have pizza every week how experimenting with different tools can help her reach her goals and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 485 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Charli about how she gained control after decades of binge eating and
the binge/restrict and bulimia cycle she fell into her life-long struggles with weight and body image the importance of therapy and group support challenges and joys of being binge-free for over four years and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 484 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Pam figure out how to meet her protein goals,
how to work towards her goals while working a sedentary job how to lose weight post-menopause how to be more intentional with her meals and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 483 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jamie about how Jamie lost 110 pounds by walking and by tracking her food, and
how she has struggled with her weight since childhood how her dogs helped keep her motivated and lose weight why she wanted to lose weight slowly this time and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 482 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sonya about why she kept gaining and losing the same 3 pounds and
how to determine her minimum habits how to handle her weekends (differently than weekdays!) how to make snacks work for her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 481 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Renata about why she needs to forget 20 years of diet behaviors and
face her fear of maintenance stop comparing herself to others stick with her plans for longer than a week or two and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 480 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Erin about how she manages her emotional eating and
how she uses tools like My Fitness Pal and Libra to find her maintenance calories why weight-loss surgery was the right choice for her why journaling and meal planning are crucial for success and emotional awareness and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 479 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Elena about how to have fun on weekends while losing weight and
how do you go out to have fun and not mess up all the work how to structure her calories to lose weight and maintain how to create a plan that keeps you on track and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 478 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sam about why comparing your past to your present can prevent you from making progress today and
how long she’s been dealing with weight loss why she hit a wall and can't jump start any weight loss how did she decide to change her definition of success why she struggles to keep weight off and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 477 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marie about how Marie took her first maintenance break after losing 100 pounds and
when her weight got out of control why she went on a maintenance break on purpose what happened when she started to put on weight last during the holiday season what caused her to get aggressive and lose weight faster what revelation she had about holiday treats and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 476 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about how to move from intuitive eating to intentional weight loss and
why she has struggled to lose weight why she wants to take her eating in a new direction how to work on disordered eating and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 475 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Nicole about how to maintain instead of gain weight and
how she connected with an intuitive eating health coach why she's been dieting her whole adult life how she’s learning to eat when hungry how to get in tune with your emotions and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 474 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Becky about how she lost 147 pounds with self-compassion and maternal love for herself and
why she felt her whole life was a diet what personal lost caused her to realize she needed to take care of herself why she needs to do this for the long haul how self-compassion opens up possibilities what happens the harder you are on yourself and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 473 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Teresa about how to reach an achievable weight and
how much weight she’s lost since 2014 what happened when she went on a Mediterranean cruise why she struggles to get back to her calorie deficit what happened after her foot surgery and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 472 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Georgie Fear about why diet culture robs us of our ability to make choices and
how to give yourself more why we suffer from same trip ups how to reduce sugar and alcohol why kind people don't know how to take time for fun what is a realistic way of looking at results and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 471 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rachel about why she feels overwhelmed by dieting information
how to overcome diet fatigue how boundaries with yourself help you lose weight why she’s never been successful with counting points why skipping breakfast causes her to eat late at night and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 470 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chris about how to overcome trouble maintaining weight and
how she lost 39 pounds why her weight went up a little why the pandemic has led to less activity and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 469 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Julie about how she gained control over binge eating in her 60s and achieved her weight goal and
why she started dieting at 12-years-old in the 7th grade why she did all the diets known to man during high school how her father’s career influenced her desire to lose weight why diets don’t work and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 468 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about why you struggle with starting weight loss and
how she faced her fear of finding maintenance calories why it’s so hard to turn around years of dieting behaviors why comparison doesn’t allow her to keep failing why it’s important to learn how to track your maintenance how to track your weight using Happy Scale app and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 467 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jennifer about why it's important to focus on your core habits and
how she lost 50 pounds a year ago why she wants to get down to her goal weight why she stopped losing weight until after the holidays and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 466 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about how letting go of guilt around food leads to weight loss success and
how guilt led to not having fun foods around why it’s important to get therapy for help with anxiety when weight first became an issue for her why she got successful at losing weight after seeing a photo and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 465 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amany about why it’s good NOT to get praise for your weight loss and
how she can get on the right track with her habits why she feels unmotivated when she struggles most with mom guilt how to reframe stories around slow weight loss vs fast weight loss and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 464 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Veronica about why it’s so important to track honestly and
why she feels like she’s not seeing a payoff for all her effort how to achieve your important goals why she’s gained weight instead of maintaining and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 463 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Angie about how you can reframe your story every day and
how she changed her mindset about weight loss not being fair what she struggled with most in college how to overcome “victim” thinking about tracking why she’s changed how she was living her life how changing her attitude made a big change why she can't keep treating maintenance like a diet how she grew her self-worth and self-efficacy and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 462 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Cody about how to decide what is healthy for you and your body
why the maintenance mindset is important how she lost 40 pounds in 2017 why she regained 20 pounds why do you want to lose weight and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 461 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Karen about why the all-or-nothing mentality hurts us and
how sleeping helps with binge eating what her hubby can do to help her where she can put her alarm to help her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 460 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Debbie about why it’s important to take time out and write down your feelings and
why she emotionally eats and how to overcome it how she can learn what is not working for her in two weeks when you want to start getting into your maintenance calories how she will work on reducing her snacking windows and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 459 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kate about why you don't have to be perfect to be proud of yourself and
how her stressful job and relationships affected her weight what exercise she learned she didn’t like doing to lose weight why it’s helpful to have pride in yourself no matter what you weigh why fitting into her favorite jeans helped motivate her what do after you gain weight how she’s made peace with her weight being above her BMI range why it’s important to focus on what your body can do and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 458 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kayte about how a weight loss support partner can help you and
why she has an extremely long history with the last 30-40 pounds what is the point she wants to get to how meditating has helped her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 457 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chastity about how to overcome struggles with meal planning and
how to cook for picky family members why you want to pre-order meals from restaurants what are some ways she can help her son and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 456 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Angie about why restrictive dieting to lose weight doesn't work and
how many pounds she has lost since last year what happened one year ago when she listened to show how long she has struggled with a fixed mindset and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 455 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Mark from Zarate Fitness (you can check out his site HERE and his podcast HERE) about why you need to change your life for the long haul and
how to identify the struggles and pitfalls of weight loss why deadlines can negate all the things you learn how he struggled with weighing two-hundred and fifty pounds why it is important to know some discomfort is required and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 454 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kim about why restricting treats and desserts hurts weight loss and
how she gained weight and lost the same weight for 40 years why she struggles with guilt about taking care of herself what her plan to improve moving forward will be and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 453 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Joy about why being kinder to yourself can help you lose weight and
why it's important to create a program that works for you how she focused on being persistent vs. consistent what she did to maintain her 75-pound weight loss after the age of 50 and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 452 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Naomi about how to eat healthy and include the treats you love and
what she’s realized since having gastric bypass in 2019 why she has a hard time sticking to her meal plan what to do when she goes out to eat on weekends why it’s important to have maintenance days and deficit days and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 451 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ivy about how to maintain weight when you're busy with a family and
how to overcome weight loss struggles what are the benefits of meal planning cards what she can do to revamp her meals and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 450 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lyle MacDonald about how birth control can affect weight loss and athletic performance and
why synthetic estrogen does not act the same as regular estrogen how low dose estrogen can keep weight down what the impact of birth control is on athletic performance how running affects bone marrow density and much more!
You can learn more about Lyle here and pick up his books here. Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 449 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Shannon about why tracking consistency is more important than accuracy and
how long she’s struggled with weight maintenance what are her mental struggles around weight maintenance how she’s maintained with various calorie ranges and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 448 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Linda about why it’s a privilege to maintain your weight and
how she’s maintained her weight for 10 months why she loves to exercise and how it impacts her weight how to reframe the way she thinks as a maintainer how she’s learning acceptance and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 447 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Karolyn about why it’s never too late to start and
why her process is now working what were the things that kept her stuck why you need to prioritize your health how she learned to have treats in her journey why she struggled with no balance in her life why she should have gotten into a support group and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 446 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about how you can take responsibility for your own health and
how she went from a non-active to an active lifestyle why she fears losing mobility how to spot the signs of depression in loved ones or in yourself and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 445 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers VIP questions and then talks with Tessa about setting up boundaries with well-meaning family and friends and
how she's maintained her 50-pound weight loss how to best manage weight during a pregnancy and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 444 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers VIP questions and talks with Ruth about letting go of the guilt and eating the things you enjoy and
why eating late seems so counterproductive and what she's struggles with while working a non-traditional job why she chose the drive-through when coming back from school why weight loss is her ultimate goal why she wants permission to eat late at night and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 443 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corli about how to set yourself up for weight loss success and
why she gained weight in high school how old she was when she started dieting why it's important to learn a healthy lifestyle and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 442 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corina about why you should refuse to quit on yourself and
how to avoid the traps that can cause you to quit how she lost 60 pounds and then gained it back what she could use as an alternative to WW what mindset and tracking techniques that will help her successful lose, and keep off, the weight and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 441 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about what to do when feeling anxious about food and
how to deal with obsessive food thoughts
how to deal with special event eating stress
how to save some calories each day for events and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 440 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Janene about why you must keep trying and not give up on yourself and
how she started becoming self-aware of her body why she put on a lot of weight in pregnancy why it took a long time to lose the weight - what made her start thinking about her health why you need to make a program your own and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 439 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sara about how to pre-track restaurant food so you won't worry about what you'll eat and
how to find "green light" restaurants how she lost 80 pounds, but then gained 50 back what caused her to slowly gain over summer vacation why she doesn't want to cook when she gets home from work what is causing her to struggle with eating out most days why she needs to have more fun eating meals out once or twice a week and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 438 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Sonja about why you need to focus on consistency and
why it's hard to do the actions to get the weight off what she discovered as her big why why she thinks she has a problem with sugar how she can increase her protein and fiber why she's not eating well during the day and sabotaging at night and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 437 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kris about how to set boundaries around food and
how she can overcome her struggle with people-pleasing what to do when her family wants to go out to dinner but she doesn't why she doesn't make the choices that help her how she is going to tell her family she will cook and prepare her own meals why she wants to be in the best shape before an upcoming surgery and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 436 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about why what you eat is key to getting the weight back off and
how she lost 55 pounds 8 years ago what happened when she became an emergency room nurse why her nursing schedule is affecting her weight loss how to handle planning, shopping, and food preparation when to schedule doing exercise like lifting and running and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 435 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with podcaster Amanda Valentine (find her show here and follow her on Instagram here) about why it's important to connect with honesty about weight loss and
what she learned from multiple attempts at weight loss how to make the best decision for yourself why dieting led to binge eating why she didn't force herself to go to the gym how to overcome the struggle with a lifetime of weight loss thoughts how she used her podcast as a way to share her struggles and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 434 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rosalie about why knowing your minimums and preferred behaviors can help with stress and
why it's important to stick to maintenance calories during holidays when is it the best time to start taking a calorie deficit again how to start pre-tracking treats and meals what can help determine your high and low-calorie days how learning boundaries could help her and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 433 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Linda about why you should focus on finding your maintenance calories and
why she's sick of not being active how she lost 80 pounds in 16 months how to develop the right mindset why she thinks the weight came back how she's cutting back on meals out and learning to track her food and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 432 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with HSM Community member Norma about why it's important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off and
why eating meals out can lead to weight gain
what you can do to help college students avoid weight gain
how to teach kids to cook, meal plan, and order out in a healthy way
how to prepare kids for eating in college
what curiosity allowed her to learn about herself and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 431 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Deseray about why it's better to maintain weight during COVID-19 pandemic instead of losing weight and
why she's not sure if she should keep losing more weight how she lost 30 pounds in 3 years why she wants to get down to 145 what are the real reasons she wants to lose weight a strong how to develop a stronger why for weight loss and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 430 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lena about how she could lose weight by changing the food on her plate and
why she struggles with tracking how many snacks she is eating each day how she can make a plan to reduce snacking and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 429 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Bonnie about
how to make more time for exercise and self-care why it's important to approach weight loss while leading by example how to set boundaries with her kids why a certain meal planning technique is a game-changer and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 428 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ashley about why fear-based motivation doesn't work and
why you need to do this in moderation why you cannot change overnight how to deal with all the things going on in the world how to identify when a process or practice isn't serving us how to do meal planning with daily treats
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 427 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Melissa about
why she's struggling to master maintenance how to deal with teleworking during COVID-19 lockdown how to deal with isolation what mastering maintenance should look like hot to deal with gaining and losing the same three pounds
and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE! About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 426 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Mike Howard about why there is no one “best way,” but instead how to discover what "best way" works for you and
how to “talk back” to so-called diet gurus why it’s important to work backward when setting goals what the addition mindset is and why it’s important how to simplify things that allow you to add more to your life how to set up your home environment for success how to not allow your brain to talk you out of taking action and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 425 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Valerie about
how to stop the binge eating cycle to lose weight why she struggles with wanting to lose 20-25 pounds how restricting leads to binge eating why she stopped going to WW how to normalize your relationship with food and treats and more!
Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 424 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with returning guest Tanja Shaw about
how to avoid the extremes of restrictive eating and overeating why some people focus on weight loss why it's important to focus on actions, not outcomes hot to not get trapped in the diet cycle why self-trust is required for health and weight how to find your nurturing voice why small consistent habits can rewire the brain how to learn to accept and love the little things why you should focus on your life with the end in mind and more!
Learn more about Tanja Shaw here: https://www.tanjashaw.com Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 423 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her recent experience in New York City and what happened when her son was rushed to the hospital and tested for COVID-19 (Coronavirus). She also talks with Nancy about
how she lost 75 pounds but then gained 10 back why her goal is to not gain more how she can maintain her weight what she finds triggering
how she will focus on finding her maintenance calories why she is letting go of losing the last 10 pounds focusing for and more!
Are you ready to get the help AND the support you need? To learn more about the HSM Community, CLICK HERE: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Use code HSMC40OFF at checkout to get 40% off your first month in the HSM Community!
Or use code HSMC20OFF at checkout to get 20% off a three-month membership in the HSM Community! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 422 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dulce, who lost 100 pounds, about
why "fast" weight loss is not so fast how she had her wake up call about her weight how she learned she was not eating enough why it took her five months to find her maintenance calories how she is finding her way back to a deficit to finish losing weight what are the many gifts she's discovered during her journey and more!
Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 421 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Donna about
why she is struggling with defining maintenance for herself why traveling a lot causes her to struggle with eating away from home what she can do to clarify what maintenance looks like on the scale and in her behaviors how she can find her maintenance calories and more!
Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 420 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lynsey about
why she is struggling with "on and off" dieting what she struggles with when she feels she is eating well why she eats over her calories how many years she spent trying to lose weight fast
how she can create a 3-year plan to lose weight slowly why it's important to eat at maintenance calories or a deficit what she needs to reduce to help her lose weight and more!
Get your Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=8
Use coupon code FEB20OFF at checkout to get 20% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 419 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Grace about how to be kinder to yourself while losing weight and
how growing up in a large family affected her what her husband did when they got married why exercising to lose weight but not changing eating habits does not work what happened after she had two children why she felt tracking calories was stressful what her life is like as a female truck driver what she wishes she could go back and tell herself and more!
Want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss? One where YOU create the program that works best for YOU? Go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 418 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sami about
why she is struggling with eating during her holiday week why eating one indulgent and two regular meals per day can help why an air fryer could help her and more!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 417 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dakota about
why he wants to lose weight how he's doing after submitting a question regarding "dieting down" how he is going to work on tracking at a higher calorie target and planning for weekends why it's important to pre-track treats and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use coupon code 15OFFFEB20 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 416 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Heidi about
why making connections is important for your health how to find new, fun activities to do when family visits when instead of using food why she's struggled with her weight for a long time and more!
Get your End Emotional Eating Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=9
Use coupon code EEE2020 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 415 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Cami about
how she gained weight after following a commercial weight loss plan why she needs to eat at maintenance calories for two weeks how she plans to eat with her family at restaurants why it's important to practice by picking meals ahead of time what her concerns are about her daughter's body image and more!
Get your Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=10
Use coupon code FTWG15 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 414 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ann about why she needs to focus on slow habit change to lose weight and not "gear up" for weight loss and
what she can do to stop binge eating why she feels resistant to anything that looks like a diet when she will make her meal plan to prepare for the week why she will ask herself what she is willing to change and more!
Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7
Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off your coaching cast today!
Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 413 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corrie about
why she's struggled extreme dieting what types of workouts she loves the most what she's doing to help her stop eating too much at night and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 412 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sonja about why you don't need to lose weight before getting what you want and
why she started dieting drinking Diet Tab soda at age 11 how she went from cleanses to all different kinds of diets what is unfair about metabolism how to get beyond the bad habits why it's so important to hold yourself accountable what it means to be 48 years old and starting a new journey
and more!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU?
Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 411 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares with you her webinar on breaking the diet cycle. She talks about
how to identify your diet cycle triggers how to lose weight by focusing on your habits why you won't stick with extreme diets what the $2 diet is and how it works
how to lose weight in 2020 differently than you have in the past
and more!
Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7
Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 410 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listeners questions and then has a coaching call with Jennifer about how to lose weight without counting calories and
why she thought had everything down with her habits and weight, but then regained where she can find the time to do meal planning what she will add into her weekly routine when she wants to get treats what trick will help add more veggies to her dinner what tips she can use to overcome her struggle with binge eating and more!
Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7
Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off!
Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 409 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listeners' questions about weight loss and she talks with her guest, Kelly, about
why eating "healthy" snacks are derailing her goals how delaying gratification will help her what is causing her to gain back the weight she lost how single servings of Cheez-Its will help her lose weight how to pre-track the food she really wants to eat and more!
Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/etfp
And get 25% off at checkout when you use promo code: ETFPDEC19
Use coupon code ETFPDEC2019 at checkout for 25% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 408 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her Half Size Me Manifesto and explains what Half Size Me is and what it is not. She also talks with guest Valerie about
how to develop skills to overcome binge eating why we all need to normalize "treats"
and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
And use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off!
Get on the Half Size Me Program + Community Support Waiting List here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get on the list for a BIG DISCOUNT when we open in December!
Use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 407 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares a webinar she did about emotional eating during the holidays and how you can overcome it. She also talked about
how to have the treats you want during the holidays why feeling guilty about what you eat isn't serving you how you can strategize to overcome emotional eating and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Learn why self-love can help with your health and weight loss in episode 406 of The Half Size Me™ Show as Heather answers listener questions and then talks with special guest Cecilia about
how self-love has helped her get healthier and work on weight loss how she plans on losing weight for her upcoming wedding what eating disorder she's struggled with in the past what technique she can use to stay on top of her meal planning and grocery shopping why she feels she can make these changes and stick with them to help with weight loss and more!
Learn more about the benefits of the HSM Program and Support Community membership here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
Get your Stop Dieting and Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7#
Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout!
Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 405 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kira about how weight loss honesty helped her lose 115 pounds and
how she dealt with family members making comments about her weight what to do when losing weight while taking care of an ill family member why she had to learn that weight loss honesty was key to making progress how she learned to catch herself as she slowly gained weight
and more!
Want to learn what the HSM Program is all about? Go here: https://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast about changing your mindset around weight loss. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or have struggled with weight loss for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds and has maintained her weight loss range since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. She shares her own weight loss lessons and struggles with you and shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 404 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Nora about
how she became 10 pounds heavier in the last 2 years why she can eat more now than when she first had bariatric surgery how she found her maintenance calories what she can do to reduce her calories to bring her weight back down and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members!
Get your teaching toolkit of Fight The Weight Gain!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 403 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her personal weight loss update (including what she's been struggling with), plus you'll get to listen to a replay of a live webinar she recorded about how to avoid getting tricked by treats this Halloween.
You'll also learn about how to
delay gratification and why it can pay off in a big way strategically have treats every day without losing control gain control over your trigger foods so they no longer overwhelm you transform your holiday season so it works for you, not against you and much, much more!
Get the ESCAPE THE FOOD PRISON Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/escape
If you purchase it before midnight on Halloween and use PROMO CODE: ETFP30 at checkout, you'll get 30% off!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 402 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about why new teachers struggle with gaining weight and
what teachers receive that leads to weight gain what her tips for first-year teachers are to help keep the focus on health how teachers can put in boundaries around their time why she gained 10 pounds of weight per year how international teaching looks different than teaching in the USA what changes led to her losing 35 pounds in a year why joining Half Size Me Program has helped her learn to maintain what she finds to be the hardest part of maintenance and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 401 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather works with Nancy on how to make a better plan when struggling with weight loss and
why she has joined WW over 5 times lost the weight and gained it back why she is struggling with the weekends and over eating how she gained 20 pounds over the last year how to lose the weight and keep it off what plan she needs to follow to maintain why she now has a better plan for weekend how to budget her calories on the weekend and more!
Need help with mastering your calories? Then checkout the Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/calories
Want to know how to fight the weight (re)gain? Then checkout the Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/fight
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In EPISODE 400 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Beverly about
how going to a TOPS meeting in 6th grade affected her why she ate for entertainment after getting married how she helped herself with weight lifting, a supportive environment, and finding things she liked to eat and enjoy how she lost 60 pounds in her 50s and 60s how to stay more active as she's gotten older and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 399 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listener questions. And Heather also talks with her guest Sandra about
how she lost 30 pounds how she’s dealt with binge eating issues why she needs to focus on maintaining how she’s learning to enjoy the foods she‘s missed for the last 1 - 2 years and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 398 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her Parent Education Night - Healthy Parents = Healthy Families webinar with you. She covered a lot in this webinar, including
how to break out of parent guilt and start taking action what the American Academy of Pediatrics recommends for children regarding weight issues how you can start to move yourself and your family towards healthier living what is a "normal" range of weight gain for a child going through puberty
and more!
To get your free Healthy Parents = Healthy Families download go to https://halfsizeme.com/family Resources Parent-Shaming Is Changing The Way We Raise Children The Difference Between Shame and Guilt: A Guide for Parents’ Expectations
Johns Hopkins: Your Child's Weight South Riding Pediatrics: Q&A with Our Doctors Physical Changes During Puberty Kids Health: Eating Disorders Kids Health: Overweight and Obesity
AAP: Preventing Obesity and Eating Disorders in Adolescents About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 397 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listener questions. Plus, she talks to her guest Shannon about
why ending a co-dependent relationship was essential to her success and why she decided she needed to take action for herself and her daughter and how focusing on weekly weight loss helped her stay on track and how one year of maintenance has helped build up her confidence and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you!
Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 396 of The Half Size Me™ Show it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions talks to Marian about
why she wants to lose weight this time with a better plan why she is concerned about not getting the praise of others how she can find a maintainable weight by focusing on maintenance and more!
Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast. Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 395 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Christine about
how to take care of yourself when you have a special needs child how the loss of a parent who was overweigth affected her how she has battled her issues with food why it's critical to take care of yourself and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 394 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 49), Heather shares a webinar she did with you where she talks about
how to figure out your maintenance calories what are the 10 things that prevent you from hitting your calorie deficit why you need to plan out your weekend eating how to stop problematic eating (binge eating, night time eating, etc.) how to navigate eating during special events and holidays and more!
Get your FREE downloadable PDF at https://halfsizeme.com/fblcalories
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 393 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lisa about
how compliments about being skinny impacted her self worth when she was young what she had to do to overcome an eating disorder how her eating disorder recovery gave her her life back how she finally got control over her binge eating
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 392 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 48), Heather talks to Deborah about
how to stop nighttime overeating why she struggles with losing weight how she is going to plan in a 250 calorie snack what she's going to do to add variation to her food choices and more!
Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
Click the image to learn more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 391 of The Half Size Me™ Show , Heather talks to Emily about
why getting to her lowest weight did not make her feel good how she got control over her binge eating by changing what she ate how to care for yourself while recovering from an injury why she stopped running and started strength training and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 390 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 47), Heather talks to you about how to transform your travel and
how it affects your weight what is the proper way to approach "dieting" while traveling what are helpful tips she uses to not gain weight while traveling and more!
Get the Transform Your Travel Teaching Toolkit at https://halfsizeme.com/transform
Get your FREE Travel-Friendly Foods guide to download at https://halfsizeme.com/travelfood
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 389 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 46), Heather answers listener questions, gives an update on previous caller Teneile (episode 374), and talks to Meredith about
why she has weight cycled between 140-165 and has since college why she is struggling to find balance with treats, wine, and maintaining weight why baking for others leads to eating more baked goods why she's deciding to bump her WW goal weight up and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 388 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
why she realized she still needed to improve her habits after getting gastric bypass surgery what habits she wished she had incorporated before surgery how she learned to see how others viewed her body as opinions, not facts how she learned to feel gratitude for her body and appreciate its imperfections and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 387 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 45), Heather talks to Adriana about
what it's like living in maintenance for the past year what she does when she feels like she'll lose control and gain the weight back what she's doing to navigate changes in her life how to deal with scarcity around food and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
clone tag: 7249882021016997249
In episode 386 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lauren about
how she lost weight naturally while living in South Korea but gained it back how she uses the awesome point system as a way to reward her habits why she applied to be a moderator in the Half Size Me Community why engaging in the HSM Community helps with her own weight loss and mental health and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 385 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 44), Heather talks to you about how to fight the weight gain and
what leads to weight regain why you should expect relapses in your habits what to do after a relapse how to go about things differently this time and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 384 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to DeDe about
how she stopped the yo-yo diet cycle after 5 decades why the process of slow weight loss was "faster" than losing weight quickly how you can lose weight after going through menopause what she realized she had to do to maintain her weight and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 383 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 43), Heather answers listener questions and talks to Amie about
why meal planning 3 hours a day is not working for her how simple meal plans can lead to more accuracy and willingnesses to track food how to break free from "all or nothing" thinking and more!
Check out Refuse To Quit Again Coaching Cast!
Resources Mentioned In This Episode
Click the image above to learn more!
Click the image above to learn more!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 382 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dilma about
how, as a scientist, she wades through all the diet information why living in Brazil when she was young made her feel more pressure to lose weight what her 10-year-plan is to lose the last 20 pounds how she learned to take a slow weight loss approach and not allowing drama in her life and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 381 (Ask Coach Heather 42) of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her End Emotional Eating webinar with you as she talks about
-
why emotional eating can be a sign of avoiding pain or used as a way of creating a feeling of joy,
-
why emotional eating is really about self-judgment,
-
why the stories we tell ourselves matter,
-
and why we must be an advocate for our own needs.
Go to: https://halfsizeme.com/hsm381 for the show notes of this episode.
More Resources Shared In This Episode:
CLICK HERE: To Join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 380 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 41), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Joanie about
how to become stronger and lift weights when you're in your 50s what are the two most important factors with strength training how to stop self-sabotaging when it comes to weight lifting and losing weight and more!
Resource mentioned https://www.strong.app
https://www.niashanks.com/two-day-strength-program/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 379 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jan about
how she went from an overweight former athlete to a physical education teacher what helped her realize the importance of boundaries and time management
what it took to stop trying to do it like everyone else and to start looking inward
how she gained control over her food despite feeling rebellious about it since she was a kid
and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 378 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 40), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Rickie about
why she's struggling with compulsive eating and nighttime eating how to get control over her nighttime eating when she's feeling anxious why unstructured time can cause you to make poor food choices and more!
Get your coaching cast now! (Click the image below.) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 377 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Connie about
how she gained weight as a newlywed how her mind and habits have evolved how to revamp her favorite foods to enjoy them more often and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 376 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 39), Heather shares with you her webinar, Stop Dieting, Start Losing, where she discusses
why so many diet attempts fail
what the yo-yo diet cycle is and how to avoid falling into it
how to be honest with yourself about "fast" and "easy" weight loss programs and more!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 375 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Inger about
how learned she is emotionally stronger than she thought
why she lost control and found herself binge eating
how she is turning her behavior around and maintaining and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 374 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 38), Heather answers several listener questions and talks with Teneile about
self-sabotaging with treats planning in treats on purpose losing weight with maintenance in mind and more!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 373 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Aline about
why she had to let go of control to improve her mindset and health how she deals with the daily fight between the two voices in her head battling over the last 10 pounds how she learned that food is not the issue but rather the vehicle for the real problem she is facing and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 372 of the Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 37), Heather shares with you her webinar on how to Escape the Food Prison.
You'll learn
what the different types of food prisons you might be stuck in are what different techniques you can use right now to break free from those food prisons how to begin having treats in a responsible way how to establish your food foundation to support a healthy lifestyle and more
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 371 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Carrie about
why maintenance was not in her vocabulary how to restart again after years of yo-yo dieting how cheese and dessert helped her find her maintainable weight and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In episode 370 of The Half Size Me Show, it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions. She also talks to guest Kendra about
struggling with all or nothing thinking around socializing and losing weight creating a plan so she can move forward with her goals and still have fun handling how to eat at work events so she can be successful and more!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Mary about
why age is not a factor because losing weight it is more about consistency why those in the caring professions, like nurses, need to focus on their own health and care to be able to help others how she learned to finally settle down and not look for quick weight loss and fast results and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Nacie about
how to overcome a plateau when you're almost to your goal weight what things she can focus on to help her get the scale to move how to streamline her approach to achieve her goals and more!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Thom about
why he is focusing on maintenance during his weight loss journey how he implements sustainable change into his plan how these changes are improving not only his life but his wife's as well and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Lorraine about how to
plan and track food you don’t cook for yourselfwork on getting your partner on your weight loss teamfind maintenance calories on Weight Watchersaccept compliments without self-sabotagingand more!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Don about why
losing weight won't make you happy but instead can open up opportunities for you to explore happinessletting go of control and learning to adapt are lessons he has learned during weight maintenancegaining back some weight while having major life change is normal happiness needs to be your guide when finding a maintainable weight and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a recent webinar where she presented on the topic of meal planning made simple.
She covered many of the aspects of meal planning people struggle with (and how to solve them), including showing you
what type of meal planner you arewhy we struggle with meal planning consistently how eating frozen pizza and take out food led to a 30-pound weight loss how you can still eat the food you love and lose weightand more!
CLICK HERE to get the Meal Planning Made Simple Audio Course!
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather talks with Charlene about
what to do regarding weight regain during a divorce how to deal with the struggle of not having clothes that fithow to prioritize time for herself while advocating for her children with special needshow to overcome emotional night eating
You will also get to hear about
a listener's email regarding how Heather determines her weight maintenance calculationsHeather's 7-year anniversary of losing her weightand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
Resources to check out regarding mean, range and rounding weight fluctuation:
https://www.healthline.com/health/weight-fluctuation
https://betterexplained.com/articles/how-to-analyze-data-using-the-average/
https://www.thoughtco.com/what-is-the-range-in-statistics-3126248
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roundinghttps://www.mathsisfun.com/rounding-numbers.html
https://www.statisticshowto.datasciencecentral.com/significant-digits-rounding-statistics/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Robin about
why she reached out to Heather for help two-and-a-half years agowhy investing in 20 years of weight loss led to her gaining 90 poundshow she has learned to silence her inner critic toand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather works with Leslie, working with her on
what to do when you've maintained weight loss for a year and then gain it backhow to lose the weight you've regainedhow perimenopause impacts long-term weight maintenancehow to go from tracking weight watchers points to counting caloriesand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Radhika about
why trying to be smaller her whole life has kept her unhappy how she realized her goal weight was not her final destination how she stopped acting like a robot and learned to let go of what she thought she should be and more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Megan about
why she's never had a problem with binge eating and secret eatingwhat she's done to set food boundaries while traveling and how it's helped herhow she lost weight while traveling for work 50% to 80% of the timeand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather talks to you about
what triggers to watch for so you don't start the diet cyclewhat are the phases of the diet cyclehow to be prepared for the diet season (so you don't fall victim again)and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go to: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jaime about
what she would recommend to her younger self about meditation and therapywhy she realizes the importance of changing mindset around weight loss how she handles emotional eating triggers differently nowand more!
JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
how she worked on overcoming people pleasingwhat she realized was a trigger to binge eat how her weight management journey began and what she is doing to maintain her weight
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chrissy about
how to let go of the "shoulds" in your lifehow to stop comparing your body to otherswhy balance in your life is key to finding a weight you can sustainand more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Ilene about
why letting go of perfection while on this journey is beneficialwhat she’s discovered is helpful when battling binge eatingwhy there's no "getting it right" just "keep going"and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about
how she pushed past a 6-month plateauhow she changed her mindset to allow herself to stay consistentwhy she has to be careful of the stories she tells herselfwhy she views the HSM community as counterculture because of its message regarding weight loss, maintenance and self-love
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jane about
how she lost 115 pounds and reduced her medicine and A1C levelswhat she finally needed to do live an active and fulfilling lifewhy she had to have healthy habits to succeed after having weight loss surgeryand more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions to you about
how to make peace with eating 1200 calories a day because you have a lower than average TDEE what to do during your menstrual cycle to avoid self-sabotage how to not be fearful of the question "are you willing to do this for the rest of your life?" how do you know if you're hiring the right coach and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dr. Freedhoff about
how you need to address the topic of weight with your doctorswhat behaviors lead to long-term weight managementhow we can help kids with weight-related issues
To find out more about Dr. Freedhoff, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dorothy about
what she had to let go of to find a healthy-eating balance she could live with
why we struggle with how others view our bodies, not from an inward, but an outward gaze why she had to focus on her health to motivate her to eat well and exercise and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chris about
why she warns us to avoid extreme diets based on what she's witnessed over the years why she views losing weight in your 60s as a bonus how you can enjoy the process, feel satisfied, and still want to make progress and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kelly about
why she chose to focus on sustainable habit changes instead of rushing her weight loss why using extrinsic motivators like gifts, money, and prizes can create problems with weight loss how she got off blood pressure medication and got to a normal A1 C level and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alissa about
how she had to double her protein and start lifting weights to get to her goal weight and see her body change how she had to give herself permission to be happy with her weight and not continue to pursue more weight loss how her mindset has changed about the process of losing weight and keeping it off by being kinder to herself and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks to you about
how to let go of binary choices and start liking your body as it is today, not only when you hit a certain weight goal
why learning to appreciate your body needs to start from a place of neutrality
why you don’t have to abandon our health goals to love your body why you do not have to be filled with self-loathing to be motivated to exercise and eat less
how we can begin to learn how to have a better relationship with our body and still bring positive changes into our lives
and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Susan about
how to kick Mother Nature in the butt if you want to be healthy and strong in the second half of your life how to view fat and weight loss differently after years of focusing on the scale why building muscle is possible as we age and much more!
Go here to learn more about Susan. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Auntie Peg about
how she learned losing weight would not bring her happiness in other areas of her life how she found a weight that allowed her to live a more satisfied life what she realized was the missing piece of her weight loss puzzle and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lindsey about
how eating healthier helps with depression what her first key to weight loss was what were the steps she used to gain control over binge eating and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jamie about
what caused her to gain back the weight after losing it why she has chosen to take a time out from losing weight to focus on the mental side of weight loss what two foods she will not give up to reach her goal and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks about her 6 tips on what to do if you've regained weight you've already lost.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kristen about
why she had to gain weight to learn how to lose and keep it off how she learned to accept she'll always have to work at maintaining her weight how she's made peace with the process and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Theresa about
why she did not focus on weight loss for the first several weeks of her journey and instead focused on her healthy habits how she changed her mindset around her weight loss to lose 110 pounds why she joined the Half Size Me Community to help her navigate her weight maintenance journey and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about
what she wished she'd known about the side effects of using HCG after losing the weight how she lost 43 pounds using a more loving approach and not assigning a deadline how she travels and maintains her weight and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Eileen about
why she had to set relationship boundaries before she could focus on her weight loss journey how she created healthy guidelines with food instead of harsh rules how she went from high blood pressure and hypertensive crisis to a healthy blood pressure after losing 80 pounds and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions about
how to help a teenager feel empowered and positive after gaining weight how to deal with backhanded compliments how to know if the HSM community is right for you and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.webmd.com/add-adhd/childhood-adhd/news/20140317/adhd-drugs-linked-to-later-weight-gain-in-kids#1
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-adhd-medications/adhd-medications-tied-to-teenage-weight-gain-idUSBREA2H1HD20140318
Strength training
https://www.livestrong.com/article/104763-weighttraining-exercises-15yearolds/
https://teens.webmd.com/strength-training-tips#1
https://www.muscleforlife.com/teen-weightlifting/
https://www.building-muscle101.com/weight-training-routine-for-teens.html
http://www.safefood.eu/Healthy-Eating/Food-Diet/Life-Stages/Teens/Fuelling-your-sport.aspx
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rachael about
how she learned to stop gaming the diet system and focus on permanent habit change how she learned she is capable of doing things she once thought were impossible why she chose to remove a lot of negativity and noise from her Facebook feed and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Amber about
why having 6 pack abs is not a good goal and won't make you happy why we need love and respect for our body before trying to change it how her mother gave her an amazing gift of focusing on health and not weight from a very young age and much more!
To learn more about Amber, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Heather about
how she got control over her anxiety and depression (and made progress with her weight) how she learned to track data to make peace with the scale what it took to help her accept this journey will take as long as it needs to and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rene about
what she did during a 4-to-5 month plateau to keep herself moving forward how she learned to stop worrying about being skinny and instead focused on being strong how she learned to jump in and take action when things change instead of worrying and much more!
To learn more about Rene, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Maggie about
what it took for her to realize she is and always was an awesome person how she battled her mindset to maintain her weight loss what she learned about working past resentment in the coaching process and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Celeste about
what she had to change to maintain her weight loss over the last 4 years how she helps others become empowered to care for themselves what she discovered was the key to being happier in her journey and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Amanda about
how she started her weight loss journey from a place of self-love
how she began to see her extra skin as a trophy for all the work she put in losing the weight
how to make changes for your health from a place of self-love and much more!
To learn more about Amanda, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener emails and voicemails about
what to do when your spouse or partner won't stop bringing junk food into your home how to be effective at meal planning how to dial in your eating to lose the last 10-15 pounds and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Renee about
why she stayed in the Half Size Me Community when she was pregnant
what she realized she needs to do for the rest of her life
how she had to set boundaries around exercise and talking about her body
how she lost 50 pounds after her third son was born and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Krista Scott Dixon of Precision Nutrition about
how to begin the process of self-care
how self-care differs from self-improvement
how to know if you should go to the lowest weight you think you want and much more!
To learn more about Krista, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to James Krieger of Weightology about
what are the top three things that will help your body fight the tendency to gain weight back why accountability and support is key to long-term weight loss success why slowing down when eating will help with satiation and weight loss and much more!
To learn more about James, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Elsie about
what she had to finally be honest with herself about to lose the weight
why she had to be willing to learn from tracking her food and weight
what the things were she was willing to do without resentment to lose over 25 pounds and drop 2-3% body fat
how coaching with Heather helped her face her weight loss journey without resentment and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather edition, Heather shares with you her coaching tips about
how to evaluate your eating on a scale of 1-to-10 versus judging it as either "good" or "bad" what the biggest reasons are for why you aren't hitting your calorie target how to give yourself permission to eat fun foods responsibly and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified-health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about
why she had to learn about perimenopause and menopause and ways to deal with the symptoms
how she changed her mindset around weight loss so she could lose weight in a sustainable way
what changes she made to her eating and exercise while going thru menopause and much more!
To learn more about Julie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Charlotte about
how she learned to balance her life by focusing on her health and other interests
why letting go of the fear of being in a relationship helped her lose weight
how she focuses on one area of improvement for the whole year to have personal growth and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Terri about
what she had to be confronted with to finally take action
how she radically changed her A1C and blood sugar levels in 90 days
what caused her to take "extreme" care of herself and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about
why learning about herself freed her from perfectionist thinking
why she had to approach weight loss from a less frantic place
why grace and compassion helped her with weight loss and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers several listener questions about
how to do strength training with knee issues how to include fats in your diet while losing weight how to know when to take a maintenance break how to set a goal weight and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about
what made her realize she was not taking care of herself
what it took for her to see she was not living her best life
why she finally created the "Don't Eat Crap" diet and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Shawna about
how she learned to love her body instead of resenting it
what healthy habits she had to learn to finish losing weight after getting a gastric sleeve
why she realized weight loss surgery shrank her stomach but did not fix her mind and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
how finding support for her drinking helped her begin to take care of herself
why she did not start losing weight with a weight goal in mind
what it means to her now that she is 6 years sober and maintained a 40+ pound weight loss and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Leigh about
how to be a critical thinker while losing weight
how to know if someone is using science based research the correct way
what are the simple facts to fat loss you want to look for and much more!
To learn more about Leigh, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, the tables are turned! Heather gets interviewed by fellow podcaster and Half Size Me Community member, Julie Tussey.
They discuss
why Heather gained weight as a child what special message she would go back and tell herself how she has kept her weight off what she has learned about maintenance after 6 years of maintaining her weight what the future plans are for Half Size Me and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rachel about
how PCOS impacts weight and health what she did to reduce her stress and help with her weight loss what she did so she could become more consistent with tracking and much more!
To learn more about Jason, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jason about
how to find a trainer who understands your needs how to look for new ways to start your journey other than with food why you need to learn lessons via trial and error and much more!
To learn more about Jason, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Donald about
how Type 2 Diabetes led him to change his weight loss approach what he did to prevent feeling deprived of the foods he loves how to communicate what you need to your loved ones and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jenna about
why she had to experiment for 9 years with weight loss to find what worked for her why allowing more treats and fun in her life lead to better weight loss results how she views the coaching process and how you can know when you need coaching and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about
how facing mental health struggles helped her find happiness why she now focuses on doing things that make her happy why self-acceptance and self-love are really the keys to true happiness and much more!
To learn more about Katie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lyle about
what kind of carbs (and how many) to eat if you're dealing with PCOS
what you need to know about the false research surrounding weight regain
how to set your weight loss goals by focusing on benefits and drawbacks and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lyle about
how to diet "properly"
the two things he recommends all women do to get the best results with fat loss
how to lose weight in harmony with your cycle and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
BodyRecomposition.com (Lyle's site) About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
how to discuss weight and body image with your kids
why you need to grow, change and learn to re-wire your brain to make weight loss possible
how to help you push past a weight loss wall and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Krissy about
how she learned what would not work for her based on her previous attempts at weight loss how going to a plastic surgeon impacted her weight loss journey what she would, and would not, be willing to do to achieve her fitness goals and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Emily about
why she had to find other interests to focus on after a lifetime of focusing on weight loss how her struggle with bulimia caused her to focus on weight loss differently what helped her realize her old approach to weight loss was not sustainable and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
Recovery Warriors (podcast) Intuitive Eating: A Revolutionary Program That Works (book) Run Fast. Eat Slow.: Nourishing Recipes for Athletes (book) Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead (book)
Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear (book)
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jessy about
what she did to make sure she could work exercise into her busy schedule how she lost 70 pounds without giving up her favorite foods what made her realize slow weight loss was better than fast weight loss and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
https://www.amazon.com/Daniel-Plan-Days-Healthier-Life/dp/0310344298
https://www.instagram.com/diaryofafitmommyofficial/?hl=en
https://www.vitamix.com/us/en_us/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about the 6 lessons you've learned listening to the Half Size Me Show!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Holli about
what she had to find after she gained weight following weight loss surgery how she deals with stress now after getting control over her weight what she really learned after having gastric bypass surgery and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
Dave Ramsey's Financial Peace
https://www.strava.com
http://www.myfitnesspal.com
Primal Potential (podcast)
Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast)
The Model Health Show (podcast)
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Marty about
what he learned about himself after being a contestant on the Biggest Loser
why taking care of yourself needs to happen before focusing on weight loss
why we must believe in ourselves to change our mindset and our bodies and much more!
To learn more about Marty, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bryan about
how he hit rock bottom at almost 600 pounds
what he did to help him start his weight loss
why he did not want to "borrow" weight loss only to regain it later and much more!
To learn more about Bryan, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chris about
why she had to lose and regain the same 80 pounds multiple times before realizing she needed to go slower in the process
why enjoying the process of weight loss is key to doing it in a sustainable way
how her journey to losing over 70 pounds started with a jug of water and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jay about
why he had to learn to maintain his weight before he could lose it and keep it off how he has learned to not fall victim to weight loss scams how to stop allowing the scale to impact your self-image and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jen about
why she had to let go of doing everything and focus on her minimums to make progress how support in the gym and online has been instrumental in hitting her weight loss goals how she will plan differently for major life changes so she will not gain the weight back and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Tamar about
how a 12-step program helped her with her emotional issues around food why she realized support is a necessity for her to maintain her weight why she loves and enjoys her life even more now at 61 and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kimberley about
how she learned to coach herself to help her deal with emotional eating what her message is to all Army wives why she had to alter a diet to make it work for her and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast)
Freedom (productivity app)
Happy Scale (app)
Moment – Screen Time Tracker (productivity app)
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Molly about
how she learned to make peace with food how she uses journaling to help with her eating what made her realize she wants more for herself after years of struggling with body acceptance and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
Molly's Freedom Fuel Template (free Powerpoint resource courtesy of Molly)
Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast)
Freedom (productivity app)
Happy Scale (app)
Moment - Screen Time (productivity app)
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Nicole about
how she learned that taking care of herself was more important than her job
what she's doing today to make sure she won't have to lose the weight again in the future
how she was able to lose weight while still eating wings and beer and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
Weight Watchers
Fitbit
Be More Than Pink
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Emily about
how she used self-love as her motivation to lose over 136 pounds why, when you're struggling with depression, you should focus on "minimums" how using the Half Size Me Community resources have helped her with emotional eating and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.fitnessblender.com https://www.weightandwellness.com/resources/podcasts/ http://simplerootswellness.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
what is the best breakfast to eat for weight loss? how do you change your thoughts about starting your weight loss over again after gaining it back?
what do you think about body acceptance, HAES, and weight loss?
how do you avoid the diet and over eating cycle? and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Corinne about
why she had to ask herself, "What am I ready to change right now?" to lose 100 pounds what helped her realize she didn't want to have to continue losing weight over and over again what it takes to make the small habits stick and much more!
To learn more about Corinne, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bridgitte about
how she pushed past the feelings of perfectionism and started taking action
how as a nurse she learned to make space for herself and avoid issues related to obesity
how she learned to manage her emotions without food and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources
Gallon Gear Utility Water Jug Cover
Refuse to Regain! (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about
how Katie learned to her treat herself to help her lose over 50 pounds
why coaching has been one of the best things she has ever done for herself how giving herself more permission with food helped her with her weight loss and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
how to approach weight loss when you hear there is a 95% failure rateto eat according to a number scale how to eat according to a number scale how to find maintenance and weight loss calorie ranges how to work on emotional eating how to choose an approach to get on the most direct road to your goals how to stop fearing food and learn to enjoy it
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Frank Beard, Analyst/Evangelist for Convenience Store Trends, with GasBuddy about
how he lost 6 pounds in 30 days eating at convenience stores and gas stations
why it's so important to let go of being perfect and making progress for maintaining a healthy weight
how he learned convenience stores have many healthy options to help you travel and eat well and much more!
To learn more about Frank, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Frank's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/30daysofgasstationfood/ "This is where I post photos of healthful food that I find at convenience stores."
Click HERE for a simple "how-to" guide for anyone who wants to know how to navigate a gas station. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Pat about
what she had to focus on to motivate her to lose weight at 64 years of age
how she's maintained her 60 pound weight loss since 2009
how tapping into your creativity will help you lose weight and maintain and much more!
To learn more about Pat, click here and here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Stephanie about
how her battle with depression affected losing weight
how she discovered the key to losing weight in a healthy balanced way
how learned to separate her beliefs from the reality of her situation and much more!
To learn more about Stephanie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
Better Than Before (book)
You Can Buy Happiness (book)
Rowdy Kittens (blog) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares a recent Half Size Me Community ™ webinar where she shares her three tips on how to turn even the worst day around and she talks about
how to stay motivated, especially when things are hard why you should embrace your "failures" how your worst day can become your greatest success and more!
To get on the The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources: https://startupbros.com/the-only-thing-that-will-determine…/ https://hbr.org/2012/12/nine-ways-successful-people-de http://www.johnmaxwell.com/…/it-all-comes-down-to-what-you-… https://blog.bufferapp.com/the-myth-of-passion-and-motivati…
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kimonica about
why she had to find boundaries with food and relationships to get healthy why she could not do "extremes" with her eating to lose weight for the long term how she moved past unhealthy relationships to get to a healthy body and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jonathan about
how to care for others and while still focusing on your health
how, as a pastor, he balances eating with his congregation and his health goals
how he finds balance between what is good for him vs. what is not and much more!
To learn more about Jonathan, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources The Art of The Pilgrimage (book) Waterlogged - Daily Hydration Tracker (app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Trish about
how she learned to accept herself and realized all her gifts
how becoming more compassionate with herself was a key to making better food choices
why we are more than our bodies and need to celebrate the gifts inside each of us and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources http://www.adultchildren.org https://www.claudiablack.com
https://www.tarabrach.com http://www.intuitiveeating.org http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/wwwstitchercompodcastsavorpodcast/savor-podcast
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
how to plan your treats rather than eating off plan impulsively why love and compassion does not give you permission to do whatever you want what is the best diet and fitness plan to start with and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Tiffany about
what information you can get from a DEXA scan and how to use it
how to eat and move to help change your body composition
what you can learn fwith a VO2 Max test and how it will help you with your training and much more!
To learn more about Tiffany, click here. Coupon code 10% off service: halfsizeme
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alex about
how she had to create her own plan of what worked for her.
why allowing treats in the journey was key to her success this time
why you have to be honest with yourself to lose the weight and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast) SkinnyTaste (blog) It Was Me All Along: A Memoir (book) The Power of Habit (book) The Shift: How I Finally Lost Weight and Discovered a Happier Life (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Shelly about
why she knew she'd decided to do this and would never give up
how she became her own best friend
how she learned about maintenance while losing the weight
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
http://www.skinnytaste.com
http://drdebbutler.com/category/podcast
http://realweightlossrealwomen.com/category/podcast/
About Half Size Me
The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
How do you know if you can skip a meal without self-sabotaging? Can you lose weight eating a high-fat diet? How do you set up your home to support your health and weight loss? and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
http://news.cornell.edu/stories/2015/10/whats-your-countertop-might-predict-your-weight
http://www.burnthefatblog.com/the-simple-hierarchy-of-fat-loss
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2763382/
https://authoritynutrition.com/15-conditions-benefit-ketogenic-diet/
http://www.epilepsy.com/learn/treating-seizures-and-epilepsy/dietary-therapies/ketogenic-diet About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Brittney about
how she weight went from 84 pounds to 240 pounds
what the similarities are between binge eating, anorexia, and bulimia
how she changed her mindset, lost the weight, and keep it off after years of eating disorders and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lita about
how learned to eat in moderation after being very restrictive with her food why she needed to build a strong support system at home and online to reach her goals why she wishes she had gone to therapy much earlier in her journey and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Callie about
why forgiving yourself can set you free to lose weight how she stopped feeling like she had to take care of everyone else and finally took care of herself why a co-dependent relationship left her lost and confused and how she overcame it and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kate about
why she had to be willing to feel sadness to face her issues with food how she used being an "obliger" to her advantage why she focused on food first and added fitness later what her experience on the Today Show was like and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Nancy about
how even after weight loss surgery you must focus on habits to be successful how she helps people avoid distractions from weight loss gimmicks how she discovered after maintaining her weight loss for 13 years there is no quick fix and much more!
To learn more about Nancy, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about
How to know if you really need to lose more weight? How to get refocused on your healthy habits when your lifestyle changes? How to stay motivated with the process of slow, sustainable habit change during weight loss? and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Shari about
how she figured out all the things that did not work for her
why she hasn't eaten salad and done any structured exercise to lose weight
how she learned to let go of being perfect to make progress
and much more!
Resources https://thelifecoachschool.com/category/podcasts/ https://www.amazon.com/Life-Changing-Magic-Tidying-Decluttering-Organizing/dp/1607747308 https://www.amazon.com/Love-Languages-Secret-that-Lasts/dp/080241270X http://www.halfsizeme.com/shop/ - Time management course To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Que about
how you can use aggressive self-love to reach your weight-loss goals why it's sometimes important to remove timelines and deadlines from her weight-loss journey what you should do from the beginning of our journey to help you lose weight and much more!
To learn more about Que, click here and here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jen about
why she thought her obesity was something she was born with and was a part of her
how she learned to take selective pieces of information and create her own plan
what it took for her to switch her focus to habit change so she could lose weight and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources Hoopla Digital (audiobooks) Fitbit Sarah F Ragoso (Podcast) Open Sky Fitness (podcast) Natural MD Radio Nutrition Diva (app) Forks Over Knives (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather share her 6 tips to help you focus on maintenance in your weight loss journey.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bobbie Jo about
how dealing with co-dependency helped her with her weight loss
why changing her mindset around others judging her helped Bobbie Jo move forward
how Alanon helped get her to a place of self-acceptance and progress and much more!
Resources https://www.amazon.com/Codependent-No-More-Controlling-Yourself/dp/0894864025 http://primalpotential.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com https://www.fitbit.com To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jasmine about
why she had to let go of being perfect with her binge eating
how she realized that high and low motivation is part of the process
why she will always need to be connected to weight loss support to help her maintain her weight loss
and much more!
Resources http://www.skinnytaste.com https://www.amazon.com/Finally-Thin-Lost-Pounds-Off/dp/0767929519 To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sheryl about
why finding support for your weight loss or weight maintenance is so important how she gained control over her emotions to ward off emotional binge eating how changing her approach to weight loss helped make it permanent this time and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Beckki about
why finding support helped her finish what she started
why getting below 200 pounds was a day she will never forget
how she felt when she realized all the work she would need to do to keep the weight off and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Linda about
why you must learn to be honest with yourself to lose the weight
why we should not judge ourselves as "good" or "bad" based on the food we eat
how she learned to do things that made her happy
and more!
Resources: Better Than Before (book) To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses
3 key strategies to help you overcome sabotaging thoughts listener questions and more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Brenda about
what life is like after losing over 355 pounds how she lost the last 25 pounds how her sleep has improved and what to do if you struggle with sleep apnea and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sara about
why setting boundaries is essential to your progress
why she had to make her binge eating a priority before weight loss
what helped her realize her deeper why or reason for losing weight and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lisa about
how alcohol addiction relates to food addiction
why self-care is not selfish but rather a step toward healing
why she created the "what works for Lisa" plan and much more!
Resources http://www.al-anon.alateen.org/the-twelve-steps To learn more about Lisa, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Gay about
how you can learn from your past to change your present
how to discover the calorie range that works best for you
why finding exercises you enjoy is key to sticking with your goals
and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.thedietfix.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com https://www.fitbit.com http://www.fat2fittools.com/tools/bmr/ http://eatmore2weighless.com/weight-loss-calculator/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sean about
why keeping it simple and creating a calorie budget was what he needed to build consistency
how he learned a valuable lesson from a weight gain relapse
why losing weight did not make him happy
how "extreme self-care" helped him change his approach to weight loss the second time around and much more!
To learn more about Sean, click here. And check out his podcast, Transformation Planet, HERE.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses her 7 tips on how you can be thankful for yourself!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Catherine about
why it is so important to surround yourself with positive people to make this journey possible
why perfectionism won't help you become healthy and happy
why taking time for yourself is essential to accomplishing your goals
what Catherine learned was the first key to permanent change and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Beyond Burn Out (podcast) https://www.fitbit.com http://realweightlossrealwomen.com http://beyondburnout.com http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/jeff-sanders/the-5-am-miracle http://www.nachomamasblog.com/p/podcast.html food scale About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Valerie about
how she learned to love herself and finally slowed down and take her sweet time with weight loss
how she realized over-exercising was not the key to getting off her weight
what it took for her to love and dress the body she had so she felt fabulous and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie and Rik about
what weight loss, running, and movie making all have in common
why waiting until you feel ready to take action is not a good idea
how running the race made Katie and Rik better people and runners and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
To learn more about Katie, click here.
To learn more about Rik, click here.
For more info about the documentary, From Fat To Finish Line:
Official Trailer: https://vimeo.com/173552263
Official Website: http://fromfattofinishlinefilm.com
Official Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FatToFinish
Official YouTube: https://goo.gl/3VOGds
IMDB: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2463712
Twitter: https://twitter.com/FatToFinish
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/FatToFinish
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Adam about
what you need to know about images you see in movies and on TV
why you should not fear eating more
why focusing on your minimum effort will help you lose weight and keep it off
why he had to gain 30 pounds while losing 119 and much more!
To learn more about Adam, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
The Art of Weight Maintenance (book)
Smart Thermos
Apple Watch About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares her 9 tips to help you empower yourself!
Whether your goal is to lose weight, maintain weight, or just gain boundaries with pushy loved ones, Heather's tips are a great way to help you get started.
If you'd like even more support this holiday season, we're covering many holiday "survival" topics during our live, weekly, members-only webinars. So, join us today!
You can learn more by going to http://halfsizeme.com/join!
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Cristina about
why you need to protect yourself while sharing online
how she lost 20 pounds in the first 4 months
why dreaming big was key to her ongoing success and much more!
To learn more about Cristina, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to James about
why you can't get happiness from six-pack abs
what the key to maintaining healthy relationships is when transforming your body
how he worked on recovering from his binge eating
what he learned about having binge relapses and much more!
To learn more about James, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.youtube.com/user/biolayne About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sandra about
what led her regain the weight after losing 70 pounds how she had to let go of perfectionism to lose the weight in a sustainable way why admitting she didn't know everything and asking for help was the turning point and much more!
To learn more about Sandra, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
Resources
My Fitness Pal
Happy Scale App About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Laura about
how she lost over 60 pounds by not dieting
why she choose to focus on changing her habits and not just dieting
how she learned consistency with her habits was key to not gaining weight and much more!
To learn more about Laura, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather discusses the three most common types of disordered eating habits, including grazing, over eating, and binge eating.
She also shares the techniques she uses to help her own coaching clients overcome these weight loss obstacles. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jaimie about
what she realized she had to do to move forward in her journey
how she accepted there are hard things she needs to do to keep the weight off
how she learned to delay gratification and set boundaries around food and much more!
To learn more about Jaimie, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kate about
how she learned to accept her decision to let go of food and embrace weight loss why she started treating her weight loss like a "chronic" condition and how this shift helped her keep the weight off why focusing on the emotional side of weight loss was the key to her success and much more!
To learn more about Kate at her new blog, CLICK HERE.
You can also read her post "Losing Weight: You're Only Mostly Doomed," by clicking here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Adrienne about
why lifting weights was key to her controlling her binge eating and transforming her body
what helped Adrienne put the scale away
why adding muscle cannot disappear over a week of vacation but your quick weight loss can and much more!
To learn more about Adrienne, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions and shares her top time management tips to help you gain control over your weight loss. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Sarah about
why the words we hear when we're a kid deeply affect us into our adulthood
how getting out of the weight loss zone can be helpful when transitioning into maintenance
why creating new goals beyond the scale can help you succeed in maintenance
and much more!
To learn more about Sarah, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to David about
why the media paints such a negative image of weight loss
how to tweak weight loss plans to make them work for you
why finding happiness means knowing yourself and much more!
To learn more about David, click here.
HSMC Premium Membership
Resources
https://keepitupdavid.wordpress.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Belle about
why being restrictive with food as a child can impact your weight what she learned was the one habit that leads to a binge how you can be 10 pounds heavier and still be healthier and happier and much more!
http://www.halfsizeme.com/product/hsmc-monthly-1499/
Resources
http://loseit.com
https://www.fitbit.com
http://www.fatsickandnearlydead.com
http://www.benderfitness.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather answers listener questions and shares 7 tips for breaking the diet cycle! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Francis about
how she had to work through sexual abuse to get healthy
why she decided to lose the weight after being alone on Thanksgiving
what she never forgets to stay happy and healthy in the present and much more!
To learn more about Francis, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about
how she learned to control her emotional eating how she overcame feelings of discomfort so she could feel happy and content why she gained weight to begin with and how she learned to deal with her emotions and much more!
To learn more about Michelle, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alexis about
why no matter what plan you're on you have to tweak it to make it work for you how she learned to become patient with herself when starting a new program what happened in Florida that made her realize she needed to lose weight and take control of her life and much more!
To learn more about Alexis, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about
why she made maintenance her primary focus when losing weight for a second time. why she took two years off to heal so she could work on her weight loss journey how she learned that caring for herself was one thing she could do to improve her situation and much more!
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this session of Ask Coach Heather, Heather shares her 7 tips for using your brain to lose weight!
CLICK HERE to pre-order* your copy of Heather's new book, The Art of Weight Maintenance today! Use the promo code podcastbook at checkout for 25% off (limited time offer).
*Ebook available on June 15, 2016. You won't be charged until that date.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Elizabeth about
how to change things up when you are struggling why you shouldn't put your health and weight loss in the hands of one company or program why it's always your responsibility to take care of yourself and much more!
To learn more about Elizabeth, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Vanessa about
why being honest with yourself is the key to changing your habits how focusing on your own health can help your loved ones how she learned to be kinder to herself so she could move past her mistakes and much more!
To learn more about Vanessa, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kathryn about
how to create space between the urge to binge and taking action
why having a binge in recovery is part of the process
why being kind to yourself after having a binge is key to success and much more!
To learn more about Kathryn, click here.
To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you!
Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance.
So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself.
Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only.
For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com.
To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.